forked from mirrors/gecko-dev
		
	Because UBSan complains about casting -1: > runtime error: load of value 4294967295, which is not a valid value for type 'nsCursor' --HG-- extra : rebase_source : 037a96700228ea0d427afa7c25c40490c701cdc4
		
			
				
	
	
		
			8417 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			264 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			8417 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			264 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
 | 
						|
/* vim:set ts=2 sts=2 sw=2 et cin: */
 | 
						|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
 | 
						|
 * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 | 
						|
 * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * nsWindow - Native window management and event handling.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * nsWindow is organized into a set of major blocks and
 | 
						|
 * block subsections. The layout is as follows:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *  Includes
 | 
						|
 *  Variables
 | 
						|
 *  nsIWidget impl.
 | 
						|
 *     nsIWidget methods and utilities
 | 
						|
 *  nsSwitchToUIThread impl.
 | 
						|
 *     nsSwitchToUIThread methods and utilities
 | 
						|
 *  Moz events
 | 
						|
 *     Event initialization
 | 
						|
 *     Event dispatching
 | 
						|
 *  Native events
 | 
						|
 *     Wndproc(s)
 | 
						|
 *     Event processing
 | 
						|
 *     OnEvent event handlers
 | 
						|
 *  IME management and accessibility
 | 
						|
 *  Transparency
 | 
						|
 *  Popup hook handling
 | 
						|
 *  Misc. utilities
 | 
						|
 *  Child window impl.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Search for "BLOCK:" to find major blocks.
 | 
						|
 * Search for "SECTION:" to find specific sections.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Blocks should be split out into separate files if they
 | 
						|
 * become unmanageable.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Related source:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *  nsWindowDefs.h     - Definitions, macros, structs, enums
 | 
						|
 *                       and general setup.
 | 
						|
 *  nsWindowDbg.h/.cpp - Debug related code and directives.
 | 
						|
 *  nsWindowGfx.h/.cpp - Graphics and painting.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Includes
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Include headers.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "gfx2DGlue.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gfxEnv.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gfxPlatform.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gfxPrefs.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/MiscEvents.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/MouseEvents.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/TouchEvents.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/ipc/MessageChannel.h"
 | 
						|
#include <algorithm>
 | 
						|
#include <limits>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsWindow.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <shellapi.h>
 | 
						|
#include <windows.h>
 | 
						|
#include <wtsapi32.h>
 | 
						|
#include <process.h>
 | 
						|
#include <commctrl.h>
 | 
						|
#include <unknwn.h>
 | 
						|
#include <psapi.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
 | 
						|
#include "prtime.h"
 | 
						|
#include "prenv.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/WidgetTraceEvent.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIAppShell.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIDOMMouseEvent.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIKeyEventInPluginCallback.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsITheme.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIScreenManager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIFile.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIRollupListener.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIClipboard.h"
 | 
						|
#include "WinMouseScrollHandler.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsFontMetrics.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIFontEnumerator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsFont.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsRect.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsCRT.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsTHashtable.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsHashKeys.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsString.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/Services.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsNativeThemeWin.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsWindowsDllInterceptor.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsView.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsWindowGfx.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gfxWindowsPlatform.h"
 | 
						|
#include "Layers.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsPrintfCString.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsISound.h"
 | 
						|
#include "SystemTimeConverter.h"
 | 
						|
#include "WinTaskbar.h"
 | 
						|
#include "WidgetUtils.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIWidgetListener.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/dom/Touch.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIAppStartup.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/WindowsVersion.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/TextEvents.h" // For WidgetKeyboardEvent
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/TextEventDispatcherListener.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/widget/nsAutoRollup.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/widget/WinNativeEventData.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/widget/PlatformWidgetTypes.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsBidiKeyboard.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gfxConfig.h"
 | 
						|
#include "InProcessWinCompositorWidget.h"
 | 
						|
#include "ScreenHelperWin.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsIGfxInfo.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsUXThemeConstants.h"
 | 
						|
#include "KeyboardLayout.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsNativeDragTarget.h"
 | 
						|
#include <mmsystem.h> // needed for WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 | 
						|
#include <zmouse.h>
 | 
						|
#include <richedit.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/a11y/Logging.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "oleidl.h"
 | 
						|
#include <winuser.h>
 | 
						|
#include "nsAccessibilityService.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/a11y/DocAccessible.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/a11y/LazyInstantiator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/a11y/Platform.h"
 | 
						|
#if !defined(WINABLEAPI)
 | 
						|
#include <winable.h>
 | 
						|
#endif // !defined(WINABLEAPI)
 | 
						|
#endif // defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsIWinTaskbar.h"
 | 
						|
#define NS_TASKBAR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/windows-taskbar;1"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsIWindowsUIUtils.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsWindowDefs.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsCrashOnException.h"
 | 
						|
#include "nsIXULRuntime.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "nsIContent.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/HangMonitor.h"
 | 
						|
#include "WinIMEHandler.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "npapi.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <d3d11.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "InkCollector.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// ERROR from wingdi.h (below) gets undefined by some code.
 | 
						|
// #define ERROR               0
 | 
						|
// #define RGN_ERROR ERROR
 | 
						|
#define ERROR 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SM_CONVERTIBLESLATEMODE)
 | 
						|
#define SM_CONVERTIBLESLATEMODE 0x2003
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(WM_DPICHANGED)
 | 
						|
#define WM_DPICHANGED 0x02E0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/gfx/DeviceManagerDx.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/layers/APZCTreeManager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/layers/InputAPZContext.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/layers/KnowsCompositor.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/layers/ScrollInputMethods.h"
 | 
						|
#include "InputData.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/Telemetry.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mozilla/plugins/PluginProcessParent.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla;
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla::dom;
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla::gfx;
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla::widget;
 | 
						|
using namespace mozilla::plugins;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Variables
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** nsWindow Class static initializations and global variables. 
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsWindow statics
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sDropShadowEnabled      = true;
 | 
						|
uint32_t        nsWindow::sInstanceCount          = 0;
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sSwitchKeyboardLayout   = false;
 | 
						|
BOOL            nsWindow::sIsOleInitialized       = FALSE;
 | 
						|
HCURSOR         nsWindow::sHCursor                = nullptr;
 | 
						|
imgIContainer*  nsWindow::sCursorImgContainer     = nullptr;
 | 
						|
nsWindow*       nsWindow::sCurrentWindow          = nullptr;
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sJustGotDeactivate      = false;
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sJustGotActivate        = false;
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sIsInMouseCapture       = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// imported in nsWidgetFactory.cpp
 | 
						|
TriStateBool    nsWindow::sCanQuit                = TRI_UNKNOWN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Hook Data Memebers for Dropdowns. sProcessHook Tells the
 | 
						|
// hook methods whether they should be processing the hook
 | 
						|
// messages.
 | 
						|
HHOOK           nsWindow::sMsgFilterHook          = nullptr;
 | 
						|
HHOOK           nsWindow::sCallProcHook           = nullptr;
 | 
						|
HHOOK           nsWindow::sCallMouseHook          = nullptr;
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sProcessHook            = false;
 | 
						|
UINT            nsWindow::sRollupMsgId            = 0;
 | 
						|
HWND            nsWindow::sRollupMsgWnd           = nullptr;
 | 
						|
UINT            nsWindow::sHookTimerId            = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Mouse Clicks - static variable definitions for figuring
 | 
						|
// out 1 - 3 Clicks.
 | 
						|
POINT           nsWindow::sLastMousePoint         = {0};
 | 
						|
POINT           nsWindow::sLastMouseMovePoint     = {0};
 | 
						|
LONG            nsWindow::sLastMouseDownTime      = 0L;
 | 
						|
LONG            nsWindow::sLastClickCount         = 0L;
 | 
						|
BYTE            nsWindow::sLastMouseButton        = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool            nsWindow::sHaveInitializedPrefs   = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TriStateBool nsWindow::sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor = TRI_UNKNOWN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
WPARAM nsWindow::sMouseExitwParam = 0;
 | 
						|
LPARAM nsWindow::sMouseExitlParamScreen = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static SystemTimeConverter<DWORD>&
 | 
						|
TimeConverter() {
 | 
						|
  static SystemTimeConverter<DWORD> timeConverterSingleton;
 | 
						|
  return timeConverterSingleton;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace mozilla {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class CurrentWindowsTimeGetter {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  explicit CurrentWindowsTimeGetter(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
    : mWnd(aWnd)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD GetCurrentTime() const
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    return ::GetTickCount();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void GetTimeAsyncForPossibleBackwardsSkew(const TimeStamp& aNow)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    DWORD currentTime = GetCurrentTime();
 | 
						|
    if (sBackwardsSkewStamp && currentTime == sLastPostTime) {
 | 
						|
      // There's already one inflight with this timestamp. Don't
 | 
						|
      // send a duplicate.
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sBackwardsSkewStamp = Some(aNow);
 | 
						|
    sLastPostTime = currentTime;
 | 
						|
    static_assert(sizeof(WPARAM) >= sizeof(DWORD), "Can't fit a DWORD in a WPARAM");
 | 
						|
    ::PostMessage(mWnd, MOZ_WM_SKEWFIX, sLastPostTime, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static bool GetAndClearBackwardsSkewStamp(DWORD aPostTime, TimeStamp* aOutSkewStamp)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (aPostTime != sLastPostTime) {
 | 
						|
      // The SKEWFIX message is stale; we've sent a new one since then.
 | 
						|
      // Ignore this one.
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(sBackwardsSkewStamp);
 | 
						|
    *aOutSkewStamp = sBackwardsSkewStamp.value();
 | 
						|
    sBackwardsSkewStamp = Nothing();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  static Maybe<TimeStamp> sBackwardsSkewStamp;
 | 
						|
  static DWORD sLastPostTime;
 | 
						|
  HWND mWnd;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Maybe<TimeStamp> CurrentWindowsTimeGetter::sBackwardsSkewStamp;
 | 
						|
DWORD CurrentWindowsTimeGetter::sLastPostTime = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
} // namespace mozilla
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: globals variables
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char *sScreenManagerContractID       = "@mozilla.org/gfx/screenmanager;1";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern mozilla::LazyLogModule gWindowsLog;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Global used in Show window enumerations.
 | 
						|
static bool     gWindowsVisible                   = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// True if we have sent a notification that we are suspending/sleeping.
 | 
						|
static bool     gIsSleepMode                      = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCClipboardCID, NS_CLIPBOARD_CID);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// General purpose user32.dll hook object
 | 
						|
static WindowsDllInterceptor sUser32Intercept;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// 2 pixel offset for eTransparencyBorderlessGlass which equals the size of
 | 
						|
// the default window border Windows paints. Glass will be extended inward
 | 
						|
// this distance to remove the border.
 | 
						|
static const int32_t kGlassMarginAdjustment = 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// When the client area is extended out into the default window frame area,
 | 
						|
// this is the minimum amount of space along the edge of resizable windows
 | 
						|
// we will always display a resize cursor in, regardless of the underlying
 | 
						|
// content.
 | 
						|
static const int32_t kResizableBorderMinSize = 3;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Cached pointer events enabler value, True if pointer events are enabled.
 | 
						|
static bool gIsPointerEventsEnabled = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// We should never really try to accelerate windows bigger than this. In some
 | 
						|
// cases this might lead to no D3D9 acceleration where we could have had it
 | 
						|
// but D3D9 does not reliably report when it supports bigger windows. 8192
 | 
						|
// is as safe as we can get, we know at least D3D10 hardware always supports
 | 
						|
// this, other hardware we expect to report correctly in D3D9.
 | 
						|
#define MAX_ACCELERATED_DIMENSION 8192
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// On window open (as well as after), Windows has an unfortunate habit of
 | 
						|
// sending rather a lot of WM_NCHITTEST messages. Because we have to do point
 | 
						|
// to DOM target conversions for these, we cache responses for a given
 | 
						|
// coordinate this many milliseconds:
 | 
						|
#define HITTEST_CACHE_LIFETIME_MS 50
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace mozilla {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * Windows touchscreen code works by setting a global WH_GETMESSAGE hook and
 | 
						|
 * injecting tiptsf.dll. The touchscreen process then posts registered messages
 | 
						|
 * to our main thread. The tiptsf hook picks up those registered messages and
 | 
						|
 * uses them as commands, some of which call into UIA, which then calls into
 | 
						|
 * MSAA, which then sends WM_GETOBJECT to us.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * We can get ahead of this by installing our own thread-local WH_GETMESSAGE
 | 
						|
 * hook. Since thread-local hooks are called ahead of global hooks, we will
 | 
						|
 * see these registered messages before tiptsf does. At this point we can then
 | 
						|
 * raise a flag that blocks a11y before invoking CallNextHookEx which will then
 | 
						|
 * invoke the global tiptsf hook. Then when we see WM_GETOBJECT, we check the
 | 
						|
 * flag by calling TIPMessageHandler::IsA11yBlocked().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * For Windows 8, we also hook tiptsf!ProcessCaretEvents, which is an a11y hook
 | 
						|
 * function that also calls into UIA.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
class TIPMessageHandler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  ~TIPMessageHandler()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (mHook) {
 | 
						|
      ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(mHook);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static void Initialize()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!IsWin8OrLater()) {
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sInstance) {
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sInstance = new TIPMessageHandler();
 | 
						|
    ClearOnShutdown(&sInstance);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static bool IsA11yBlocked()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (!sInstance) {
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sInstance->mA11yBlockCount > 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  TIPMessageHandler()
 | 
						|
    : mHook(nullptr)
 | 
						|
    , mA11yBlockCount(0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Registered messages used by tiptsf
 | 
						|
    mMessages[0] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"ImmersiveFocusNotification");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[1] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TipCloseMenus");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[2] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TabletInputPanelOpening");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[3] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"IHM Pen or Touch Event noticed");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[4] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"ProgrammabilityCaretVisibility");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[5] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"CaretTrackingUpdateIPHidden");
 | 
						|
    mMessages[6] = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"CaretTrackingUpdateIPInfo");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE, &TIPHook, nullptr,
 | 
						|
                               ::GetCurrentThreadId());
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(mHook);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // On touchscreen devices, tiptsf.dll will have been loaded when STA COM was
 | 
						|
    // first initialized.
 | 
						|
    if (!IsWin10OrLater() && GetModuleHandle(L"tiptsf.dll") &&
 | 
						|
        !sProcessCaretEventsStub) {
 | 
						|
      sTipTsfInterceptor.Init("tiptsf.dll");
 | 
						|
      DebugOnly<bool> ok = sTipTsfInterceptor.AddHook("ProcessCaretEvents",
 | 
						|
          reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(&ProcessCaretEventsHook),
 | 
						|
          (void**) &sProcessCaretEventsStub);
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT(ok);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!sSendMessageTimeoutWStub) {
 | 
						|
      sUser32Intercept.Init("user32.dll");
 | 
						|
      DebugOnly<bool> hooked = sUser32Intercept.AddHook("SendMessageTimeoutW",
 | 
						|
          reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(&SendMessageTimeoutWHook),
 | 
						|
          (void**) &sSendMessageTimeoutWStub);
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT(hooked);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  class MOZ_RAII A11yInstantiationBlocker
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    A11yInstantiationBlocker()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!TIPMessageHandler::sInstance) {
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ++TIPMessageHandler::sInstance->mA11yBlockCount;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ~A11yInstantiationBlocker()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!TIPMessageHandler::sInstance) {
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT(TIPMessageHandler::sInstance->mA11yBlockCount > 0);
 | 
						|
      --TIPMessageHandler::sInstance->mA11yBlockCount;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  friend class A11yInstantiationBlocker;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static LRESULT CALLBACK TIPHook(int aCode, WPARAM aWParam, LPARAM aLParam)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (aCode < 0 || !sInstance) {
 | 
						|
      return ::CallNextHookEx(nullptr, aCode, aWParam, aLParam);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    MSG* msg = reinterpret_cast<MSG*>(aLParam);
 | 
						|
    UINT& msgCode = msg->message;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ArrayLength(sInstance->mMessages); ++i) {
 | 
						|
      if (msgCode == sInstance->mMessages[i]) {
 | 
						|
        A11yInstantiationBlocker block;
 | 
						|
        return ::CallNextHookEx(nullptr, aCode, aWParam, aLParam);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ::CallNextHookEx(nullptr, aCode, aWParam, aLParam);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static void CALLBACK ProcessCaretEventsHook(HWINEVENTHOOK aWinEventHook,
 | 
						|
                                              DWORD aEvent, HWND aHwnd,
 | 
						|
                                              LONG aObjectId, LONG aChildId,
 | 
						|
                                              DWORD aGeneratingTid,
 | 
						|
                                              DWORD aEventTime)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    A11yInstantiationBlocker block;
 | 
						|
    sProcessCaretEventsStub(aWinEventHook, aEvent, aHwnd, aObjectId, aChildId,
 | 
						|
                            aGeneratingTid, aEventTime);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static LRESULT WINAPI SendMessageTimeoutWHook(HWND aHwnd, UINT aMsgCode,
 | 
						|
                                                WPARAM aWParam, LPARAM aLParam,
 | 
						|
                                                UINT aFlags, UINT aTimeout,
 | 
						|
                                                PDWORD_PTR aMsgResult)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // We don't want to handle this unless the message is a WM_GETOBJECT that we
 | 
						|
    // want to block, and the aHwnd is a nsWindow that belongs to the current
 | 
						|
    // thread.
 | 
						|
    if (!aMsgResult || aMsgCode != WM_GETOBJECT ||
 | 
						|
        static_cast<DWORD>(aLParam) != OBJID_CLIENT ||
 | 
						|
        !WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aHwnd) ||
 | 
						|
        ::GetWindowThreadProcessId(aHwnd, nullptr) != ::GetCurrentThreadId() ||
 | 
						|
        !IsA11yBlocked()) {
 | 
						|
      return sSendMessageTimeoutWStub(aHwnd, aMsgCode, aWParam, aLParam,
 | 
						|
                                      aFlags, aTimeout, aMsgResult);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In this case we want to fake the result that would happen if we had
 | 
						|
    // decided not to handle WM_GETOBJECT in our WndProc. We hand the message
 | 
						|
    // off to DefWindowProc to accomplish this.
 | 
						|
    *aMsgResult = static_cast<DWORD_PTR>(::DefWindowProcW(aHwnd, aMsgCode,
 | 
						|
                                                          aWParam, aLParam));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<LRESULT>(TRUE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static WindowsDllInterceptor sTipTsfInterceptor;
 | 
						|
  static WINEVENTPROC sProcessCaretEventsStub;
 | 
						|
  static decltype(&SendMessageTimeoutW) sSendMessageTimeoutWStub;
 | 
						|
  static StaticAutoPtr<TIPMessageHandler> sInstance;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HHOOK                 mHook;
 | 
						|
  UINT                  mMessages[7];
 | 
						|
  uint32_t              mA11yBlockCount;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
WindowsDllInterceptor TIPMessageHandler::sTipTsfInterceptor;
 | 
						|
WINEVENTPROC TIPMessageHandler::sProcessCaretEventsStub;
 | 
						|
decltype(&SendMessageTimeoutW) TIPMessageHandler::sSendMessageTimeoutWStub;
 | 
						|
StaticAutoPtr<TIPMessageHandler> TIPMessageHandler::sInstance;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
} // namespace mozilla
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif // defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: nsIWidget impl.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** nsIWidget interface implementation, broken down into
 | 
						|
 ** sections.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsWindow construction and destruction
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsWindow::nsWindow(bool aIsChildWindow)
 | 
						|
  : nsWindowBase()
 | 
						|
  , mResizeState(NOT_RESIZING)
 | 
						|
  , mIsChildWindow(aIsChildWindow)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mIconSmall            = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mIconBig              = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mWnd                  = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mTransitionWnd        = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mPaintDC              = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mPrevWndProc          = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mNativeDragTarget     = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mInDtor               = false;
 | 
						|
  mIsVisible            = false;
 | 
						|
  mIsTopWidgetWindow    = false;
 | 
						|
  mUnicodeWidget        = true;
 | 
						|
  mDisplayPanFeedback   = false;
 | 
						|
  mTouchWindow          = false;
 | 
						|
  mFutureMarginsToUse   = false;
 | 
						|
  mCustomNonClient      = false;
 | 
						|
  mHideChrome           = false;
 | 
						|
  mFullscreenMode       = false;
 | 
						|
  mMousePresent         = false;
 | 
						|
  mDestroyCalled        = false;
 | 
						|
  mHasTaskbarIconBeenCreated = false;
 | 
						|
  mMouseTransparent     = false;
 | 
						|
  mPickerDisplayCount   = 0;
 | 
						|
  mWindowType           = eWindowType_child;
 | 
						|
  mBorderStyle          = eBorderStyle_default;
 | 
						|
  mOldSizeMode          = nsSizeMode_Normal;
 | 
						|
  mLastSizeMode         = nsSizeMode_Normal;
 | 
						|
  mLastSize.width       = 0;
 | 
						|
  mLastSize.height      = 0;
 | 
						|
  mOldStyle             = 0;
 | 
						|
  mOldExStyle           = 0;
 | 
						|
  mPainting             = 0;
 | 
						|
  mLastKeyboardLayout   = 0;
 | 
						|
  mBlurSuppressLevel    = 0;
 | 
						|
  mLastPaintEndTime     = TimeStamp::Now();
 | 
						|
  mCachedHitTestPoint.x = 0;
 | 
						|
  mCachedHitTestPoint.y = 0;
 | 
						|
  mCachedHitTestTime    = TimeStamp::Now();
 | 
						|
  mCachedHitTestResult  = 0;
 | 
						|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | 
						|
  mTransparencyMode     = eTransparencyOpaque;
 | 
						|
  memset(&mGlassMargins, 0, sizeof mGlassMargins);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  DWORD background      = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
 | 
						|
  mBrush                = ::CreateSolidBrush(NSRGB_2_COLOREF(background));
 | 
						|
  mSendingSetText       = false;
 | 
						|
  mDefaultScale         = -1.0; // not yet set, will be calculated on first use
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mTaskbarPreview = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mCompositorWidgetDelegate = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Global initialization
 | 
						|
  if (!sInstanceCount) {
 | 
						|
    // Global app registration id for Win7 and up. See
 | 
						|
    // WinTaskbar.cpp for details.
 | 
						|
    mozilla::widget::WinTaskbar::RegisterAppUserModelID();
 | 
						|
    KeyboardLayout::GetInstance()->OnLayoutChange(::GetKeyboardLayout(0));
 | 
						|
#if defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
    mozilla::TIPMessageHandler::Initialize();
 | 
						|
#endif // defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
    if (SUCCEEDED(::OleInitialize(nullptr))) {
 | 
						|
      sIsOleInitialized = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(sIsOleInitialized, "***** OLE is not initialized!\n");
 | 
						|
    MouseScrollHandler::Initialize();
 | 
						|
    // Init theme data
 | 
						|
    nsUXThemeData::UpdateNativeThemeInfo();
 | 
						|
    RedirectedKeyDownMessageManager::Forget();
 | 
						|
    if (mPointerEvents.ShouldEnableInkCollector()) {
 | 
						|
      InkCollector::sInkCollector = new InkCollector();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&gIsPointerEventsEnabled,
 | 
						|
                                 "dom.w3c_pointer_events.enabled",
 | 
						|
                                 gIsPointerEventsEnabled);
 | 
						|
  } // !sInstanceCount
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mIdleService = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mSizeConstraintsScale = GetDefaultScale().scale;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  sInstanceCount++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsWindow::~nsWindow()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mInDtor = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the widget was released without calling Destroy() then the native window still
 | 
						|
  // exists, and we need to destroy it.
 | 
						|
  // Destroy() will early-return if it was already called. In any case it is important
 | 
						|
  // to call it before destroying mPresentLock (cf. 1156182).
 | 
						|
  Destroy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Free app icon resources.  This must happen after `OnDestroy` (see bug 708033).
 | 
						|
  if (mIconSmall)
 | 
						|
    ::DestroyIcon(mIconSmall);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mIconBig)
 | 
						|
    ::DestroyIcon(mIconBig);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  sInstanceCount--;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Global shutdown
 | 
						|
  if (sInstanceCount == 0) {
 | 
						|
    if (InkCollector::sInkCollector) {
 | 
						|
      InkCollector::sInkCollector->Shutdown();
 | 
						|
      InkCollector::sInkCollector = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    IMEHandler::Terminate();
 | 
						|
    NS_IF_RELEASE(sCursorImgContainer);
 | 
						|
    if (sIsOleInitialized) {
 | 
						|
      ::OleFlushClipboard();
 | 
						|
      ::OleUninitialize();
 | 
						|
      sIsOleInitialized = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NS_IF_RELEASE(mNativeDragTarget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED0(nsWindow, nsBaseWidget)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::Create, nsIWidget::Destroy
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Creating and destroying windows for this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Allow Derived classes to modify the height that is passed
 | 
						|
// when the window is created or resized.
 | 
						|
int32_t nsWindow::GetHeight(int32_t aProposedHeight)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return aProposedHeight;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
ShouldCacheTitleBarInfo(nsWindowType aWindowType, nsBorderStyle aBorderStyle)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (aWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel)  &&
 | 
						|
         (aBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_default  ||
 | 
						|
            aBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_all)   &&
 | 
						|
      (!nsUXThemeData::sTitlebarInfoPopulatedThemed ||
 | 
						|
       !nsUXThemeData::sTitlebarInfoPopulatedAero);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Create the proper widget
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Create(nsIWidget* aParent,
 | 
						|
                 nsNativeWidget aNativeParent,
 | 
						|
                 const LayoutDeviceIntRect& aRect,
 | 
						|
                 nsWidgetInitData* aInitData)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWidgetInitData defaultInitData;
 | 
						|
  if (!aInitData)
 | 
						|
    aInitData = &defaultInitData;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mUnicodeWidget = aInitData->mUnicode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsIWidget *baseParent = aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_dialog ||
 | 
						|
                          aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel ||
 | 
						|
                          aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible ?
 | 
						|
                          nullptr : aParent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mIsTopWidgetWindow = (nullptr == baseParent);
 | 
						|
  mBounds = aRect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Ensure that the toolkit is created.
 | 
						|
  nsToolkit::GetToolkit();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BaseCreate(baseParent, aInitData);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HWND parent;
 | 
						|
  if (aParent) { // has a nsIWidget parent
 | 
						|
    parent = aParent ? (HWND)aParent->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WINDOW) : nullptr;
 | 
						|
    mParent = aParent;
 | 
						|
  } else { // has a nsNative parent
 | 
						|
    parent = (HWND)aNativeParent;
 | 
						|
    mParent = aNativeParent ?
 | 
						|
      WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr((HWND)aNativeParent) : nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mIsRTL = aInitData->mRTL;
 | 
						|
  mOpeningAnimationSuppressed = aInitData->mIsAnimationSuppressed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD style = WindowStyle();
 | 
						|
  DWORD extendedStyle = WindowExStyle();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    if (!aParent) {
 | 
						|
      parent = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!IsWin8OrLater() &&
 | 
						|
        HasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor() &&
 | 
						|
        ShouldUseOffMainThreadCompositing()) {
 | 
						|
      extendedStyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (aInitData->mMouseTransparent) {
 | 
						|
      // This flag makes the window transparent to mouse events
 | 
						|
      mMouseTransparent = true;
 | 
						|
      extendedStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
    // Make sure CreateWindowEx succeeds at creating a toplevel window
 | 
						|
    style &= ~0x40000000; // WS_CHILDWINDOW
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // See if the caller wants to explictly set clip children and clip siblings
 | 
						|
    if (aInitData->clipChildren) {
 | 
						|
      style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (aInitData->clipSiblings) {
 | 
						|
      style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const wchar_t* className;
 | 
						|
  if (aInitData->mDropShadow) {
 | 
						|
    className = GetWindowPopupClass();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    className = GetWindowClass();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Plugins are created in the disabled state so that they can't
 | 
						|
  // steal focus away from our main window.  This is especially
 | 
						|
  // important if the plugin has loaded in a background tab.
 | 
						|
  if (aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_plugin ||
 | 
						|
      aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_plugin_ipc_chrome ||
 | 
						|
      aInitData->mWindowType == eWindowType_plugin_ipc_content) {
 | 
						|
    style |= WS_DISABLED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  mWnd = ::CreateWindowExW(extendedStyle,
 | 
						|
                           className,
 | 
						|
                           L"",
 | 
						|
                           style,
 | 
						|
                           aRect.x,
 | 
						|
                           aRect.y,
 | 
						|
                           aRect.width,
 | 
						|
                           GetHeight(aRect.height),
 | 
						|
                           parent,
 | 
						|
                           nullptr,
 | 
						|
                           nsToolkit::mDllInstance,
 | 
						|
                           nullptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("nsWindow CreateWindowEx failed.");
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mIsRTL) {
 | 
						|
    DWORD dwAttribute = TRUE;    
 | 
						|
    DwmSetWindowAttribute(mWnd, DWMWA_NONCLIENT_RTL_LAYOUT, &dwAttribute, sizeof dwAttribute);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mOpeningAnimationSuppressed) {
 | 
						|
    SuppressAnimation(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!IsPlugin() &&
 | 
						|
      mWindowType != eWindowType_invisible &&
 | 
						|
      MouseScrollHandler::Device::IsFakeScrollableWindowNeeded()) {
 | 
						|
    // Ugly Thinkpad Driver Hack (Bugs 507222 and 594977)
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // We create two zero-sized windows as descendants of the top-level window,
 | 
						|
    // like so:
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   Top-level window (MozillaWindowClass)
 | 
						|
    //     FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLCONTAINER (MozillaWindowClass)
 | 
						|
    //       FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE (MozillaWindowClass)
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // We need to have the middle window, otherwise the Trackpoint driver
 | 
						|
    // will fail to deliver scroll messages.  WM_MOUSEWHEEL messages are
 | 
						|
    // sent to the FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE, which then propagate up the
 | 
						|
    // window hierarchy until they are handled by nsWindow::WindowProc.
 | 
						|
    // WM_HSCROLL messages are also sent to the FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE,
 | 
						|
    // but these do not propagate automatically, so we have the window
 | 
						|
    // procedure pretend that they were dispatched to the top-level window
 | 
						|
    // instead.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // The FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE needs to have the specific window styles it
 | 
						|
    // is given below so that it catches the Trackpoint driver's heuristics.
 | 
						|
    HWND scrollContainerWnd = ::CreateWindowW
 | 
						|
      (className, L"FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLCONTAINER",
 | 
						|
       WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
 | 
						|
       0, 0, 0, 0, mWnd, nullptr, nsToolkit::mDllInstance, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    HWND scrollableWnd = ::CreateWindowW
 | 
						|
      (className, L"FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE",
 | 
						|
       WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP | 0x30,
 | 
						|
       0, 0, 0, 0, scrollContainerWnd, nullptr, nsToolkit::mDllInstance,
 | 
						|
       nullptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Give the FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE window a specific ID so that
 | 
						|
    // WindowProcInternal can distinguish it from the top-level window
 | 
						|
    // easily.
 | 
						|
    ::SetWindowLongPtrW(scrollableWnd, GWLP_ID, eFakeTrackPointScrollableID);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Make FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE use nsWindow::WindowProc, and store the
 | 
						|
    // old window procedure in its "user data".
 | 
						|
    WNDPROC oldWndProc;
 | 
						|
    if (mUnicodeWidget)
 | 
						|
      oldWndProc = (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtrW(scrollableWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                                                (LONG_PTR)nsWindow::WindowProc);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      oldWndProc = (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtrA(scrollableWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                                                (LONG_PTR)nsWindow::WindowProc);
 | 
						|
    ::SetWindowLongPtrW(scrollableWnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)oldWndProc);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SubclassWindow(TRUE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Starting with Windows XP, a process always runs within a terminal services
 | 
						|
  // session. In order to play nicely with RDP, fast user switching, and the
 | 
						|
  // lock screen, we should be handling WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE. We must register
 | 
						|
  // our HWND in order to receive this message.
 | 
						|
  DebugOnly<BOOL> wtsRegistered = ::WTSRegisterSessionNotification(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                                       NOTIFY_FOR_THIS_SESSION);
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(wtsRegistered, "WTSRegisterSessionNotification failed!\n");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mDefaultIMC.Init(this);
 | 
						|
  IMEHandler::InitInputContext(this, mInputContext);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Do some initialization work, but only if (a) it hasn't already been done,
 | 
						|
  // and (b) this is the hidden window (which is conveniently created before
 | 
						|
  // any visible windows but after the profile has been initialized).
 | 
						|
  if (!sHaveInitializedPrefs && mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
    sSwitchKeyboardLayout =
 | 
						|
      Preferences::GetBool("intl.keyboard.per_window_layout", false);
 | 
						|
    sHaveInitializedPrefs = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Query for command button metric data for rendering the titlebar. We
 | 
						|
  // only do this once on the first window that has an actual titlebar
 | 
						|
  if (ShouldCacheTitleBarInfo(mWindowType, mBorderStyle)) {
 | 
						|
    nsUXThemeData::UpdateTitlebarInfo(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static bool a11yPrimed = false;
 | 
						|
  if (!a11yPrimed &&
 | 
						|
      mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel) {
 | 
						|
    a11yPrimed = true;
 | 
						|
    if (Preferences::GetInt("accessibility.force_disabled", 0) == -1) {
 | 
						|
      ::PostMessage(mWnd, MOZ_WM_STARTA11Y, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Close this nsWindow
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::Destroy()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // WM_DESTROY has already fired, avoid calling it twice
 | 
						|
  if (mOnDestroyCalled)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't destroy windows that have file pickers open, we'll tear these down
 | 
						|
  // later once the picker is closed.
 | 
						|
  mDestroyCalled = true;
 | 
						|
  if (mPickerDisplayCount)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // During the destruction of all of our children, make sure we don't get deleted.
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> kungFuDeathGrip(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**
 | 
						|
   * On windows the LayerManagerOGL destructor wants the widget to be around for
 | 
						|
   * cleanup. It also would like to have the HWND intact, so we nullptr it here.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  DestroyLayerManager();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* We should clear our cached resources now and not wait for the GC to
 | 
						|
   * delete the nsWindow. */
 | 
						|
  ClearCachedResources();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The DestroyWindow function destroys the specified window. The function sends WM_DESTROY
 | 
						|
  // and WM_NCDESTROY messages to the window to deactivate it and remove the keyboard focus
 | 
						|
  // from it. The function also destroys the window's menu, flushes the thread message queue,
 | 
						|
  // destroys timers, removes clipboard ownership, and breaks the clipboard viewer chain (if
 | 
						|
  // the window is at the top of the viewer chain).
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If the specified window is a parent or owner window, DestroyWindow automatically destroys
 | 
						|
  // the associated child or owned windows when it destroys the parent or owner window. The
 | 
						|
  // function first destroys child or owned windows, and then it destroys the parent or owner
 | 
						|
  // window.
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::DestroyWindow(mWnd));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Our windows can be subclassed which may prevent us receiving WM_DESTROY. If OnDestroy()
 | 
						|
  // didn't get called, call it now.
 | 
						|
  if (false == mOnDestroyCalled) {
 | 
						|
    MSGResult msgResult;
 | 
						|
    mWindowHook.Notify(mWnd, WM_DESTROY, 0, 0, msgResult);
 | 
						|
    OnDestroy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Window class utilities
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Utilities for calculating the proper window class name for
 | 
						|
 * Create window.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const wchar_t*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::RegisterWindowClass(const wchar_t* aClassName,
 | 
						|
                              UINT aExtraStyle, LPWSTR aIconID) const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  WNDCLASSW wc;
 | 
						|
  if (::GetClassInfoW(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, aClassName, &wc)) {
 | 
						|
    // already registered
 | 
						|
    return aClassName;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  wc.style         = CS_DBLCLKS | aExtraStyle;
 | 
						|
  wc.lpfnWndProc   = WinUtils::NonClientDpiScalingDefWindowProcW;
 | 
						|
  wc.cbClsExtra    = 0;
 | 
						|
  wc.cbWndExtra    = 0;
 | 
						|
  wc.hInstance     = nsToolkit::mDllInstance;
 | 
						|
  wc.hIcon         = aIconID ? ::LoadIconW(::GetModuleHandleW(nullptr), aIconID) : nullptr;
 | 
						|
  wc.hCursor       = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  wc.hbrBackground = mBrush;
 | 
						|
  wc.lpszMenuName  = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  wc.lpszClassName = aClassName;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::RegisterClassW(&wc)) {
 | 
						|
    // For older versions of Win32 (i.e., not XP), the registration may
 | 
						|
    // fail with aExtraStyle, so we have to re-register without it.
 | 
						|
    wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS;
 | 
						|
    ::RegisterClassW(&wc);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return aClassName;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static LPWSTR const gStockApplicationIcon = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(32512);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the proper window class for everything except popups.
 | 
						|
const wchar_t*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetWindowClass() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (mWindowType) {
 | 
						|
  case eWindowType_invisible:
 | 
						|
    return RegisterWindowClass(kClassNameHidden, 0, gStockApplicationIcon);
 | 
						|
  case eWindowType_dialog:
 | 
						|
    return RegisterWindowClass(kClassNameDialog, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return RegisterWindowClass(GetMainWindowClass(), 0, gStockApplicationIcon);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the proper popup window class
 | 
						|
const wchar_t*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetWindowPopupClass() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return RegisterWindowClass(kClassNameDropShadow,
 | 
						|
                             CS_XP_DROPSHADOW, gStockApplicationIcon);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Window styles utilities
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return the proper windows styles and extended styles.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return nsWindow styles
 | 
						|
DWORD nsWindow::WindowStyle()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DWORD style;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (mWindowType) {
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin_ipc_chrome:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin_ipc_content:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_child:
 | 
						|
      style = WS_OVERLAPPED;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_dialog:
 | 
						|
      style = WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_BORDER | WS_DLGFRAME | WS_SYSMENU | DS_3DLOOK |
 | 
						|
              DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
      if (mBorderStyle != eBorderStyle_default)
 | 
						|
        style |= WS_THICKFRAME | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_popup:
 | 
						|
      style = WS_POPUP;
 | 
						|
      if (!HasGlass()) {
 | 
						|
        style |= WS_OVERLAPPED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      NS_ERROR("unknown border style");
 | 
						|
      // fall through
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_toplevel:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_invisible:
 | 
						|
      style = WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_BORDER | WS_DLGFRAME | WS_SYSMENU |
 | 
						|
              WS_THICKFRAME | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mBorderStyle != eBorderStyle_default && mBorderStyle != eBorderStyle_all) {
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_border))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_BORDER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_title)) {
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_DLGFRAME;
 | 
						|
      style |= WS_POPUP;
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_CHILD;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_close))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~0;
 | 
						|
    // XXX The close box can only be removed by changing the window class,
 | 
						|
    // as far as I know   --- roc+moz@cs.cmu.edu
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none ||
 | 
						|
      !(mBorderStyle & (eBorderStyle_menu | eBorderStyle_close)))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_SYSMENU;
 | 
						|
    // Looks like getting rid of the system menu also does away with the
 | 
						|
    // close box. So, we only get rid of the system menu if you want neither it
 | 
						|
    // nor the close box. How does the Windows "Dialog" window class get just
 | 
						|
    // closebox and no sysmenu? Who knows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_resizeh))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_THICKFRAME;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_minimize))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_MINIMIZEBOX;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none || !(mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_maximize))
 | 
						|
      style &= ~WS_MAXIMIZEBOX;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (IsPopupWithTitleBar()) {
 | 
						|
      style |= WS_CAPTION;
 | 
						|
      if (mBorderStyle & eBorderStyle_close) {
 | 
						|
        style |= WS_SYSMENU;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mIsChildWindow) {
 | 
						|
    style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
    if (!(style & WS_POPUP)) {
 | 
						|
      style |= WS_CHILD; // WS_POPUP and WS_CHILD are mutually exclusive.
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VERIFY_WINDOW_STYLE(style);
 | 
						|
  return style;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return nsWindow extended styles
 | 
						|
DWORD nsWindow::WindowExStyle()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (mWindowType)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin_ipc_chrome:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_plugin_ipc_content:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_child:
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_dialog:
 | 
						|
      return WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE | WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_popup:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      DWORD extendedStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
 | 
						|
      if (mPopupLevel == ePopupLevelTop)
 | 
						|
        extendedStyle |= WS_EX_TOPMOST;
 | 
						|
      return extendedStyle;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      NS_ERROR("unknown border style");
 | 
						|
      // fall through
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_toplevel:
 | 
						|
    case eWindowType_invisible:
 | 
						|
      return WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Window subclassing utilities
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Set or clear window subclasses on native windows. Used in
 | 
						|
 * Create and Destroy.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Subclass (or remove the subclass from) this component's nsWindow
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SubclassWindow(BOOL bState)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (bState) {
 | 
						|
    if (!mWnd || !IsWindow(mWnd)) {
 | 
						|
      NS_ERROR("Invalid window handle");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mUnicodeWidget) {
 | 
						|
      mPrevWndProc =
 | 
						|
        reinterpret_cast<WNDPROC>(
 | 
						|
          SetWindowLongPtrW(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                            GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                            reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(nsWindow::WindowProc)));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      mPrevWndProc =
 | 
						|
        reinterpret_cast<WNDPROC>(
 | 
						|
          SetWindowLongPtrA(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                            GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                            reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(nsWindow::WindowProc)));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(mPrevWndProc, "Null standard window procedure");
 | 
						|
    // connect the this pointer to the nsWindow handle
 | 
						|
    WinUtils::SetNSWindowBasePtr(mWnd, this);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (IsWindow(mWnd)) {
 | 
						|
      if (mUnicodeWidget) {
 | 
						|
        SetWindowLongPtrW(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                          GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                          reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(mPrevWndProc));
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        SetWindowLongPtrA(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                          GWLP_WNDPROC,
 | 
						|
                          reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(mPrevWndProc));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    WinUtils::SetNSWindowBasePtr(mWnd, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    mPrevWndProc = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetParent, nsIWidget::GetParent
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Set or clear the parent widgets using window properties, and
 | 
						|
 * handles calculating native parent handles.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Get and set parent widgets
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetParent(nsIWidget *aNewParent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> kungFuDeathGrip(this);
 | 
						|
  nsIWidget* parent = GetParent();
 | 
						|
  if (parent) {
 | 
						|
    parent->RemoveChild(this);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mParent = aNewParent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aNewParent) {
 | 
						|
    ReparentNativeWidget(aNewParent);
 | 
						|
    aNewParent->AddChild(this);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    // If we have no parent, SetParent should return the desktop.
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::SetParent(mWnd, nullptr));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ReparentNativeWidget(nsIWidget* aNewParent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NS_PRECONDITION(aNewParent, "");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mParent = aNewParent;
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  HWND newParent = (HWND)aNewParent->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WINDOW);
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(newParent, "Parent widget has a null native window handle");
 | 
						|
  if (newParent && mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    ::SetParent(mWnd, newParent);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsIWidget* nsWindow::GetParent(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mIsTopWidgetWindow) {
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (mInDtor || mOnDestroyCalled) {
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return mParent;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int32_t RoundDown(double aDouble)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return aDouble > 0 ? static_cast<int32_t>(floor(aDouble)) :
 | 
						|
                       static_cast<int32_t>(ceil(aDouble));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
float nsWindow::GetDPI()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  float dpi = 96.0f;
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIScreen> screen = GetWidgetScreen();
 | 
						|
  if (screen) {
 | 
						|
    screen->GetDpi(&dpi);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return dpi;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
double nsWindow::GetDefaultScaleInternal()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mDefaultScale <= 0.0) {
 | 
						|
    mDefaultScale = WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return mDefaultScale;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int32_t nsWindow::LogToPhys(double aValue)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return WinUtils::LogToPhys(::MonitorFromWindow(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                                 MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY),
 | 
						|
                             aValue);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsWindow*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetParentWindow(bool aIncludeOwner)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return static_cast<nsWindow*>(GetParentWindowBase(aIncludeOwner));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsWindowBase*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetParentWindowBase(bool aIncludeOwner)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mIsTopWidgetWindow) {
 | 
						|
    // Must use a flag instead of mWindowType to tell if the window is the
 | 
						|
    // owned by the topmost widget, because a child window can be embedded inside
 | 
						|
    // a HWND which is not associated with a nsIWidget.
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this widget has already been destroyed, pretend we have no parent.
 | 
						|
  // This corresponds to code in Destroy which removes the destroyed
 | 
						|
  // widget from its parent's child list.
 | 
						|
  if (mInDtor || mOnDestroyCalled)
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // aIncludeOwner set to true implies walking the parent chain to retrieve the
 | 
						|
  // root owner. aIncludeOwner set to false implies the search will stop at the
 | 
						|
  // true parent (default).
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* widget = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    HWND parent = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    if (aIncludeOwner)
 | 
						|
      parent = ::GetParent(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      parent = ::GetAncestor(mWnd, GA_PARENT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (parent) {
 | 
						|
      widget = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(parent);
 | 
						|
      if (widget) {
 | 
						|
        // If the widget is in the process of being destroyed then
 | 
						|
        // do NOT return it
 | 
						|
        if (widget->mInDtor) {
 | 
						|
          widget = nullptr;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return static_cast<nsWindowBase*>(widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EnumAllChildWindProc(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow *wnd = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (wnd) {
 | 
						|
    reinterpret_cast<nsTArray<nsWindow*>*>(aParam)->AppendElement(wnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EnumAllThreadWindowProc(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow *wnd = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (wnd) {
 | 
						|
    reinterpret_cast<nsTArray<nsWindow*>*>(aParam)->AppendElement(wnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  EnumChildWindows(aWnd, EnumAllChildWindProc, aParam);
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* static*/ nsTArray<nsWindow*>
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EnumAllWindows()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsTArray<nsWindow*> windows;
 | 
						|
  EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(),
 | 
						|
                    EnumAllThreadWindowProc,
 | 
						|
                    reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(&windows));
 | 
						|
  return windows;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static already_AddRefed<SourceSurface>
 | 
						|
CreateSourceSurfaceForGfxSurface(gfxASurface* aSurface)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  MOZ_ASSERT(aSurface);
 | 
						|
  return Factory::CreateSourceSurfaceForCairoSurface(
 | 
						|
           aSurface->CairoSurface(), aSurface->GetSize(),
 | 
						|
           aSurface->GetSurfaceFormat());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ScrollSnapshot*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EnsureSnapshotSurface(ScrollSnapshot& aSnapshotData,
 | 
						|
                                const mozilla::gfx::IntSize& aSize)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If the surface doesn't exist or is the wrong size then create new one.
 | 
						|
  if (!aSnapshotData.surface || aSnapshotData.surface->GetSize() != aSize) {
 | 
						|
    aSnapshotData.surface = new gfxWindowsSurface(aSize, kScrollCaptureFormat);
 | 
						|
    aSnapshotData.surfaceHasSnapshot = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return &aSnapshotData;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
already_AddRefed<SourceSurface>
 | 
						|
nsWindow::CreateScrollSnapshot()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  RECT clip = { 0 };
 | 
						|
  int rgnType = ::GetWindowRgnBox(mWnd, &clip);
 | 
						|
  if (rgnType == RGN_ERROR) {
 | 
						|
    // We failed to get the clip assume that we need a full fallback.
 | 
						|
    clip.left = 0;
 | 
						|
    clip.top = 0;
 | 
						|
    clip.right = mBounds.width;
 | 
						|
    clip.bottom = mBounds.height;
 | 
						|
    return GetFallbackScrollSnapshot(clip);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that the window is in a position to snapshot. We don't check for
 | 
						|
  // clipped width as that doesn't currently matter for APZ scrolling.
 | 
						|
  if (clip.top || clip.bottom != mBounds.height) {
 | 
						|
    return GetFallbackScrollSnapshot(clip);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HDC windowDC = ::GetDC(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (!windowDC) {
 | 
						|
    return GetFallbackScrollSnapshot(clip);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  auto releaseDC = MakeScopeExit([&] {
 | 
						|
    ::ReleaseDC(mWnd, windowDC);
 | 
						|
  });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gfx::IntSize snapshotSize(mBounds.width, mBounds.height);
 | 
						|
  ScrollSnapshot* snapshot;
 | 
						|
  if (clip.left || clip.right != mBounds.width) {
 | 
						|
    // Can't do a full snapshot, so use the partial snapshot.
 | 
						|
    snapshot = EnsureSnapshotSurface(mPartialSnapshot, snapshotSize);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    snapshot = EnsureSnapshotSurface(mFullSnapshot, snapshotSize);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Note that we know that the clip is full height.
 | 
						|
  if (!::BitBlt(snapshot->surface->GetDC(), clip.left, 0, clip.right - clip.left,
 | 
						|
                clip.bottom, windowDC, clip.left, 0, SRCCOPY)) {
 | 
						|
    return GetFallbackScrollSnapshot(clip);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ::GdiFlush();
 | 
						|
  snapshot->surface->Flush();
 | 
						|
  snapshot->surfaceHasSnapshot = true;
 | 
						|
  snapshot->clip = clip;
 | 
						|
  mCurrentSnapshot = snapshot;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return CreateSourceSurfaceForGfxSurface(mCurrentSnapshot->surface);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
already_AddRefed<SourceSurface>
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetFallbackScrollSnapshot(const RECT& aRequiredClip)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gfx::IntSize snapshotSize(mBounds.width, mBounds.height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the current snapshot is the correct size and covers the required clip,
 | 
						|
  // just keep that by returning null.
 | 
						|
  // Note: we know the clip is always full height.
 | 
						|
  if (mCurrentSnapshot &&
 | 
						|
      mCurrentSnapshot->surface->GetSize() == snapshotSize &&
 | 
						|
      mCurrentSnapshot->clip.left <= aRequiredClip.left &&
 | 
						|
      mCurrentSnapshot->clip.right >= aRequiredClip.right) {
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise we'll use the full snapshot, making sure it is big enough first.
 | 
						|
  mCurrentSnapshot = EnsureSnapshotSurface(mFullSnapshot, snapshotSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is no snapshot, create a default.
 | 
						|
  if (!mCurrentSnapshot->surfaceHasSnapshot) {
 | 
						|
    gfx::SurfaceFormat format = mCurrentSnapshot->surface->GetSurfaceFormat();
 | 
						|
    RefPtr<DrawTarget> dt = Factory::CreateDrawTargetForCairoSurface(
 | 
						|
      mCurrentSnapshot->surface->CairoSurface(),
 | 
						|
      mCurrentSnapshot->surface->GetSize(), &format);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    DefaultFillScrollCapture(dt);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return CreateSourceSurfaceForGfxSurface(mCurrentSnapshot->surface);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::Show
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Hide or show this component.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Show(bool bState)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    // See bug 603793. When we try to draw D3D9/10 windows with a drop shadow
 | 
						|
    // without the DWM on a secondary monitor, windows fails to composite
 | 
						|
    // our windows correctly. We therefor switch off the drop shadow for
 | 
						|
    // pop-up windows when the DWM is disabled and two monitors are
 | 
						|
    // connected.
 | 
						|
    if (HasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor() &&
 | 
						|
        WinUtils::GetMonitorCount() > 1 &&
 | 
						|
        !nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor())
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (sDropShadowEnabled) {
 | 
						|
        ::SetClassLongA(mWnd, GCL_STYLE, 0);
 | 
						|
        sDropShadowEnabled = false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (!sDropShadowEnabled) {
 | 
						|
        ::SetClassLongA(mWnd, GCL_STYLE, CS_DROPSHADOW);
 | 
						|
        sDropShadowEnabled = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // WS_EX_COMPOSITED conflicts with the WS_EX_LAYERED style and causes
 | 
						|
    // some popup menus to become invisible.
 | 
						|
    LONG_PTR exStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(mWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
 | 
						|
    if (exStyle & WS_EX_LAYERED) {
 | 
						|
      ::SetWindowLongPtrW(mWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, exStyle & ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool syncInvalidate = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool wasVisible = mIsVisible;
 | 
						|
  // Set the status now so that anyone asking during ShowWindow or
 | 
						|
  // SetWindowPos would get the correct answer.
 | 
						|
  mIsVisible = bState;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We may have cached an out of date visible state. This can happen
 | 
						|
  // when session restore sets the full screen mode.
 | 
						|
  if (mIsVisible)
 | 
						|
    mOldStyle |= WS_VISIBLE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    mOldStyle &= ~WS_VISIBLE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!mIsVisible && wasVisible) {
 | 
						|
      ClearCachedResources();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    if (bState) {
 | 
						|
      if (!wasVisible && mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel) {
 | 
						|
        // speed up the initial paint after show for
 | 
						|
        // top level windows:
 | 
						|
        syncInvalidate = true;
 | 
						|
        switch (mSizeMode) {
 | 
						|
          case nsSizeMode_Fullscreen:
 | 
						|
            ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOW);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          case nsSizeMode_Maximized :
 | 
						|
            ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          case nsSizeMode_Minimized :
 | 
						|
            ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          default:
 | 
						|
            if (CanTakeFocus()) {
 | 
						|
              ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
              ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
 | 
						|
              Unused << GetAttention(2);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        DWORD flags = SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW;
 | 
						|
        if (wasVisible)
 | 
						|
          flags |= SWP_NOZORDER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
          // ensure popups are the topmost of the TOPMOST
 | 
						|
          // layer. Remember not to set the SWP_NOZORDER
 | 
						|
          // flag as that might allow the taskbar to overlap
 | 
						|
          // the popup.
 | 
						|
          flags |= SWP_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
          HWND owner = ::GetWindow(mWnd, GW_OWNER);
 | 
						|
          ::SetWindowPos(mWnd, owner ? 0 : HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, flags);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          if (mWindowType == eWindowType_dialog && !CanTakeFocus())
 | 
						|
            flags |= SWP_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          ::SetWindowPos(mWnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, flags);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!wasVisible && (mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel || mWindowType == eWindowType_dialog)) {
 | 
						|
        // when a toplevel window or dialog is shown, initialize the UI state
 | 
						|
        ::SendMessageW(mWnd, WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(UIS_INITIALIZE, UISF_HIDEFOCUS | UISF_HIDEACCEL), 0);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Clear contents to avoid ghosting of old content if we display
 | 
						|
      // this window again.
 | 
						|
      if (wasVisible && mTransparencyMode == eTransparencyTransparent) {
 | 
						|
        if (mCompositorWidgetDelegate) {
 | 
						|
          mCompositorWidgetDelegate->ClearTransparentWindow();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (mWindowType != eWindowType_dialog) {
 | 
						|
        ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_HIDE);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        ::SetWindowPos(mWnd, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_HIDEWINDOW | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE |
 | 
						|
                       SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | 
						|
  if (!wasVisible && bState) {
 | 
						|
    Invalidate();
 | 
						|
    if (syncInvalidate && !mInDtor && !mOnDestroyCalled) {
 | 
						|
      ::UpdateWindow(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mOpeningAnimationSuppressed) {
 | 
						|
    SuppressAnimation(false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::IsVisible
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Returns the visibility state.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return true if the whether the component is visible, false otherwise
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::IsVisible() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return mIsVisible;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Window clipping utilities
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Used in Size and Move operations for setting the proper
 | 
						|
 * window clipping regions for window transparency.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// XP and Vista visual styles sometimes require window clipping regions to be applied for proper
 | 
						|
// transparency. These routines are called on size and move operations.
 | 
						|
// XXX this is apparently still needed in Windows 7 and later
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::ClearThemeRegion()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!HasGlass() &&
 | 
						|
      (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup && !IsPopupWithTitleBar() &&
 | 
						|
       (mPopupType == ePopupTypeTooltip || mPopupType == ePopupTypePanel))) {
 | 
						|
    SetWindowRgn(mWnd, nullptr, false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SetThemeRegion()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Popup types that have a visual styles region applied (bug 376408). This can be expanded
 | 
						|
  // for other window types as needed. The regions are applied generically to the base window
 | 
						|
  // so default constants are used for part and state. At some point we might need part and
 | 
						|
  // state values from nsNativeThemeWin's GetThemePartAndState, but currently windows that
 | 
						|
  // change shape based on state haven't come up.
 | 
						|
  if (!HasGlass() &&
 | 
						|
      (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup && !IsPopupWithTitleBar() &&
 | 
						|
       (mPopupType == ePopupTypeTooltip || mPopupType == ePopupTypePanel))) {
 | 
						|
    HRGN hRgn = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    RECT rect = {0,0,mBounds.width,mBounds.height};
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    HDC dc = ::GetDC(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    GetThemeBackgroundRegion(nsUXThemeData::GetTheme(eUXTooltip), dc, TTP_STANDARD, TS_NORMAL, &rect, &hRgn);
 | 
						|
    if (hRgn) {
 | 
						|
      if (!SetWindowRgn(mWnd, hRgn, false)) // do not delete or alter hRgn if accepted.
 | 
						|
        DeleteObject(hRgn);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ::ReleaseDC(mWnd, dc);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Touch and APZ-related functions
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::RegisterTouchWindow() {
 | 
						|
  mTouchWindow = true;
 | 
						|
  ::RegisterTouchWindow(mWnd, TWF_WANTPALM);
 | 
						|
  ::EnumChildWindows(mWnd, nsWindow::RegisterTouchForDescendants, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK nsWindow::RegisterTouchForDescendants(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aMsg) {
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* win = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (win) {
 | 
						|
    ::RegisterTouchWindow(aWnd, TWF_WANTPALM);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::Move, nsIWidget::Resize,
 | 
						|
 * nsIWidget::Size, nsIWidget::BeginResizeDrag
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Repositioning and sizing a window.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetSizeConstraints(const SizeConstraints& aConstraints)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  SizeConstraints c = aConstraints;
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType != eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    c.mMinSize.width = std::max(int32_t(::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMINTRACK)), c.mMinSize.width);
 | 
						|
    c.mMinSize.height = std::max(int32_t(::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMINTRACK)), c.mMinSize.height);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  KnowsCompositor* knowsCompositor = GetLayerManager()->AsKnowsCompositor();
 | 
						|
  if (knowsCompositor) {
 | 
						|
    int32_t maxSize = knowsCompositor->GetMaxTextureSize();
 | 
						|
    // We can't make ThebesLayers bigger than this anyway.. no point it letting
 | 
						|
    // a window grow bigger as we won't be able to draw content there in
 | 
						|
    // general.
 | 
						|
    c.mMaxSize.width = std::min(c.mMaxSize.width, maxSize);
 | 
						|
    c.mMaxSize.height = std::min(c.mMaxSize.height, maxSize);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mSizeConstraintsScale = GetDefaultScale().scale;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::SetSizeConstraints(c);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SizeConstraints
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetSizeConstraints()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  double scale = GetDefaultScale().scale;
 | 
						|
  if (mSizeConstraintsScale == scale || mSizeConstraintsScale == 0.0) {
 | 
						|
    return mSizeConstraints;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  scale /= mSizeConstraintsScale;
 | 
						|
  SizeConstraints c = mSizeConstraints;
 | 
						|
  if (c.mMinSize.width != NS_MAXSIZE) {
 | 
						|
    c.mMinSize.width = NSToIntRound(c.mMinSize.width * scale);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (c.mMinSize.height != NS_MAXSIZE) {
 | 
						|
    c.mMinSize.height = NSToIntRound(c.mMinSize.height * scale);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (c.mMaxSize.width != NS_MAXSIZE) {
 | 
						|
    c.mMaxSize.width = NSToIntRound(c.mMaxSize.width * scale);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (c.mMaxSize.height != NS_MAXSIZE) {
 | 
						|
    c.mMaxSize.height = NSToIntRound(c.mMaxSize.height * scale);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Move this component
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Move(double aX, double aY)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel ||
 | 
						|
      mWindowType == eWindowType_dialog) {
 | 
						|
    SetSizeMode(nsSizeMode_Normal);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // for top-level windows only, convert coordinates from desktop pixels
 | 
						|
  // (the "parent" coordinate space) to the window's device pixel space
 | 
						|
  double scale = BoundsUseDesktopPixels() ? GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale : 1.0;
 | 
						|
  int32_t x = NSToIntRound(aX * scale);
 | 
						|
  int32_t y = NSToIntRound(aY * scale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if window needs to be moved first
 | 
						|
  // to avoid a costly call to SetWindowPos. This check
 | 
						|
  // can not be moved to the calling code in nsView, because
 | 
						|
  // some platforms do not position child windows correctly
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Only perform this check for non-popup windows, since the positioning can
 | 
						|
  // in fact change even when the x/y do not.  We always need to perform the
 | 
						|
  // check. See bug #97805 for details.
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType != eWindowType_popup && (mBounds.x == x) && (mBounds.y == y))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // Nothing to do, since it is already positioned correctly.
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mBounds.x = x;
 | 
						|
  mBounds.y = y;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
    // complain if a window is moved offscreen (legal, but potentially worrisome)
 | 
						|
    if (mIsTopWidgetWindow) { // only a problem for top-level windows
 | 
						|
      // Make sure this window is actually on the screen before we move it
 | 
						|
      // XXX: Needs multiple monitor support
 | 
						|
      HDC dc = ::GetDC(mWnd);
 | 
						|
      if (dc) {
 | 
						|
        if (::GetDeviceCaps(dc, TECHNOLOGY) == DT_RASDISPLAY) {
 | 
						|
          RECT workArea;
 | 
						|
          ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workArea, 0);
 | 
						|
          // no annoying assertions. just mention the issue.
 | 
						|
          if (x < 0 || x >= workArea.right || y < 0 || y >= workArea.bottom) {
 | 
						|
            MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
                   ("window moved to offscreen position\n"));
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ::ReleaseDC(mWnd, dc);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    ClearThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    UINT flags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE;
 | 
						|
    // Workaround SetWindowPos bug with D3D9. If our window has a clip
 | 
						|
    // region, some drivers or OSes may incorrectly copy into the clipped-out
 | 
						|
    // area.
 | 
						|
    if (IsPlugin() &&
 | 
						|
        !mLayerManager &&
 | 
						|
        mClipRects &&
 | 
						|
        (mClipRectCount != 1 || !mClipRects[0].IsEqualInterior(LayoutDeviceIntRect(0, 0, mBounds.width, mBounds.height)))) {
 | 
						|
      flags |= SWP_NOCOPYBITS;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    double oldScale = mDefaultScale;
 | 
						|
    mResizeState = IN_SIZEMOVE;
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::SetWindowPos(mWnd, nullptr, x, y, 0, 0, flags));
 | 
						|
    mResizeState = NOT_RESIZING;
 | 
						|
    if (WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd) != oldScale) {
 | 
						|
      ChangedDPI();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SetThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  NotifyRollupGeometryChange();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Resize this component
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Resize(double aWidth, double aHeight, bool aRepaint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // for top-level windows only, convert coordinates from desktop pixels
 | 
						|
  // (the "parent" coordinate space) to the window's device pixel space
 | 
						|
  double scale = BoundsUseDesktopPixels() ? GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale : 1.0;
 | 
						|
  int32_t width = NSToIntRound(aWidth * scale);
 | 
						|
  int32_t height = NSToIntRound(aHeight * scale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION((width >= 0) , "Negative width passed to nsWindow::Resize");
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION((height >= 0), "Negative height passed to nsWindow::Resize");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ConstrainSize(&width, &height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid unnecessary resizing calls
 | 
						|
  if (mBounds.width == width && mBounds.height == height) {
 | 
						|
    if (aRepaint) {
 | 
						|
      Invalidate();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set cached value for lightweight and printing
 | 
						|
  mBounds.width  = width;
 | 
						|
  mBounds.height = height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    UINT  flags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!aRepaint) {
 | 
						|
      flags |= SWP_NOREDRAW;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ClearThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
    double oldScale = mDefaultScale;
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::SetWindowPos(mWnd, nullptr, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                          width, GetHeight(height), flags));
 | 
						|
    if (WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd) != oldScale) {
 | 
						|
      ChangedDPI();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    SetThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aRepaint)
 | 
						|
    Invalidate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NotifyRollupGeometryChange();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Resize this component
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Resize(double aX, double aY, double aWidth,
 | 
						|
                 double aHeight, bool aRepaint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // for top-level windows only, convert coordinates from desktop pixels
 | 
						|
  // (the "parent" coordinate space) to the window's device pixel space
 | 
						|
  double scale = BoundsUseDesktopPixels() ? GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale : 1.0;
 | 
						|
  int32_t x = NSToIntRound(aX * scale);
 | 
						|
  int32_t y = NSToIntRound(aY * scale);
 | 
						|
  int32_t width = NSToIntRound(aWidth * scale);
 | 
						|
  int32_t height = NSToIntRound(aHeight * scale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION((width >= 0),  "Negative width passed to nsWindow::Resize");
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION((height >= 0), "Negative height passed to nsWindow::Resize");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ConstrainSize(&width, &height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid unnecessary resizing calls
 | 
						|
  if (mBounds.x == x && mBounds.y == y &&
 | 
						|
      mBounds.width == width && mBounds.height == height) {
 | 
						|
    if (aRepaint) {
 | 
						|
      Invalidate();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set cached value for lightweight and printing
 | 
						|
  mBounds.x      = x;
 | 
						|
  mBounds.y      = y;
 | 
						|
  mBounds.width  = width;
 | 
						|
  mBounds.height = height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    UINT  flags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
    if (!aRepaint) {
 | 
						|
      flags |= SWP_NOREDRAW;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ClearThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
    double oldScale = mDefaultScale;
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::SetWindowPos(mWnd, nullptr, x, y,
 | 
						|
                          width, GetHeight(height), flags));
 | 
						|
    if (WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd) != oldScale) {
 | 
						|
      ChangedDPI();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (mTransitionWnd) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have a fullscreen transition window, we need to make
 | 
						|
      // it topmost again, otherwise the taskbar may be raised by
 | 
						|
      // the system unexpectedly when we leave fullscreen state.
 | 
						|
      ::SetWindowPos(mTransitionWnd, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                     SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 | 
						|
      // Every transition window is only used once.
 | 
						|
      mTransitionWnd = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    SetThemeRegion();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aRepaint)
 | 
						|
    Invalidate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NotifyRollupGeometryChange();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::BeginResizeDrag(WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | 
						|
                          int32_t aHorizontal,
 | 
						|
                          int32_t aVertical)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass) {
 | 
						|
    // you can only begin a resize drag with a mouse event
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aEvent->AsMouseEvent()->button != WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton) {
 | 
						|
    // you can only begin a resize drag with the left mouse button
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // work out what sizemode we're talking about
 | 
						|
  WPARAM syscommand;
 | 
						|
  if (aVertical < 0) {
 | 
						|
    if (aHorizontal < 0) {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_TOPLEFT;
 | 
						|
    } else if (aHorizontal == 0) {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_TOP;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_TOPRIGHT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (aVertical == 0) {
 | 
						|
    if (aHorizontal < 0) {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_LEFT;
 | 
						|
    } else if (aHorizontal == 0) {
 | 
						|
      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_RIGHT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (aHorizontal < 0) {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_BOTTOMLEFT;
 | 
						|
    } else if (aHorizontal == 0) {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_BOTTOM;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      syscommand = SC_SIZE | WMSZ_BOTTOMRIGHT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // resizing doesn't work if the mouse is already captured
 | 
						|
  CaptureMouse(false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // find the top-level window
 | 
						|
  HWND toplevelWnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd, true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // tell Windows to start the resize
 | 
						|
  ::PostMessage(toplevelWnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, syscommand,
 | 
						|
                POINTTOPOINTS(aEvent->mRefPoint));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Window Z-order and state.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * nsIWidget::PlaceBehind, nsIWidget::SetSizeMode,
 | 
						|
 * nsIWidget::ConstrainPosition
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Z-order, positioning, restore, minimize, and maximize.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Position the window behind the given window
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::PlaceBehind(nsTopLevelWidgetZPlacement aPlacement,
 | 
						|
                      nsIWidget *aWidget, bool aActivate)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HWND behind = HWND_TOP;
 | 
						|
  if (aPlacement == eZPlacementBottom)
 | 
						|
    behind = HWND_BOTTOM;
 | 
						|
  else if (aPlacement == eZPlacementBelow && aWidget)
 | 
						|
    behind = (HWND)aWidget->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WINDOW);
 | 
						|
  UINT flags = SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOREPOSITION | SWP_NOSIZE;
 | 
						|
  if (!aActivate)
 | 
						|
    flags |= SWP_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CanTakeFocus() && behind == HWND_TOP)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // Can't place the window to top so place it behind the foreground window
 | 
						|
    // (as long as it is not topmost)
 | 
						|
    HWND wndAfter = ::GetForegroundWindow();
 | 
						|
    if (!wndAfter)
 | 
						|
      behind = HWND_BOTTOM;
 | 
						|
    else if (!(GetWindowLongPtrW(wndAfter, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_TOPMOST))
 | 
						|
      behind = wndAfter;
 | 
						|
    flags |= SWP_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowPos(mWnd, behind, 0, 0, 0, 0, flags);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static UINT
 | 
						|
GetCurrentShowCmd(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  WINDOWPLACEMENT pl;
 | 
						|
  pl.length = sizeof(pl);
 | 
						|
  ::GetWindowPlacement(aWnd, &pl);
 | 
						|
  return pl.showCmd;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Maximize, minimize or restore the window.
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetSizeMode(nsSizeMode aMode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Let's not try and do anything if we're already in that state.
 | 
						|
  // (This is needed to prevent problems when calling window.minimize(), which
 | 
						|
  // calls us directly, and then the OS triggers another call to us.)
 | 
						|
  if (aMode == mSizeMode)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // save the requested state
 | 
						|
  mLastSizeMode = mSizeMode;
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::SetSizeMode(aMode);
 | 
						|
  if (mIsVisible) {
 | 
						|
    int mode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (aMode) {
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Fullscreen :
 | 
						|
        mode = SW_SHOW;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Maximized :
 | 
						|
        mode = SW_MAXIMIZE;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Minimized :
 | 
						|
        mode = SW_MINIMIZE;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default :
 | 
						|
        mode = SW_RESTORE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Don't call ::ShowWindow if we're trying to "restore" a window that is
 | 
						|
    // already in a normal state.  Prevents a bug where snapping to one side
 | 
						|
    // of the screen and then minimizing would cause Windows to forget our
 | 
						|
    // window's correct restored position/size.
 | 
						|
    if(!(GetCurrentShowCmd(mWnd) == SW_SHOWNORMAL && mode == SW_RESTORE)) {
 | 
						|
      ::ShowWindow(mWnd, mode);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // we activate here to ensure that the right child window is focused
 | 
						|
    if (mode == SW_MAXIMIZE || mode == SW_SHOW)
 | 
						|
      DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SuppressAnimation(bool aSuppress)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DWORD dwAttribute = aSuppress ? TRUE : FALSE;
 | 
						|
  DwmSetWindowAttribute(mWnd, DWMWA_TRANSITIONS_FORCEDISABLED,
 | 
						|
                        &dwAttribute, sizeof dwAttribute);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Constrain a potential move to fit onscreen
 | 
						|
// Position (aX, aY) is specified in Windows screen (logical) pixels,
 | 
						|
// except when using per-monitor DPI, in which case it's device pixels.
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ConstrainPosition(bool aAllowSlop, int32_t *aX, int32_t *aY)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mIsTopWidgetWindow) // only a problem for top-level windows
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  double dpiScale = GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We need to use the window size in the kind of pixels used for window-
 | 
						|
  // manipulation APIs.
 | 
						|
  int32_t logWidth = std::max<int32_t>(NSToIntRound(mBounds.width / dpiScale), 1);
 | 
						|
  int32_t logHeight = std::max<int32_t>(NSToIntRound(mBounds.height / dpiScale), 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* get our playing field. use the current screen, or failing that
 | 
						|
  for any reason, use device caps for the default screen. */
 | 
						|
  RECT screenRect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIScreenManager> screenmgr = do_GetService(sScreenManagerContractID);
 | 
						|
  if (!screenmgr) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIScreen> screen;
 | 
						|
  int32_t left, top, width, height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  screenmgr->ScreenForRect(*aX, *aY, logWidth, logHeight,
 | 
						|
                           getter_AddRefs(screen));
 | 
						|
  if (mSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
    // For normalized windows, use the desktop work area.
 | 
						|
    nsresult rv = screen->GetAvailRectDisplayPix(&left, &top, &width, &height);
 | 
						|
    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // For full screen windows, use the desktop.
 | 
						|
    nsresult rv = screen->GetRectDisplayPix(&left, &top, &width, &height);
 | 
						|
    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  screenRect.left = left;
 | 
						|
  screenRect.right = left + width;
 | 
						|
  screenRect.top = top;
 | 
						|
  screenRect.bottom = top + height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aAllowSlop) {
 | 
						|
    if (*aX < screenRect.left - logWidth + kWindowPositionSlop)
 | 
						|
      *aX = screenRect.left - logWidth + kWindowPositionSlop;
 | 
						|
    else if (*aX >= screenRect.right - kWindowPositionSlop)
 | 
						|
      *aX = screenRect.right - kWindowPositionSlop;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*aY < screenRect.top - logHeight + kWindowPositionSlop)
 | 
						|
      *aY = screenRect.top - logHeight + kWindowPositionSlop;
 | 
						|
    else if (*aY >= screenRect.bottom - kWindowPositionSlop)
 | 
						|
      *aY = screenRect.bottom - kWindowPositionSlop;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*aX < screenRect.left)
 | 
						|
      *aX = screenRect.left;
 | 
						|
    else if (*aX >= screenRect.right - logWidth)
 | 
						|
      *aX = screenRect.right - logWidth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*aY < screenRect.top)
 | 
						|
      *aY = screenRect.top;
 | 
						|
    else if (*aY >= screenRect.bottom - logHeight)
 | 
						|
      *aY = screenRect.bottom - logHeight;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::Enable, nsIWidget::IsEnabled
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Enabling and disabling the widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Enable/disable this component
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Enable(bool bState)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    ::EnableWindow(mWnd, bState);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the current enable state
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::IsEnabled() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return !mWnd ||
 | 
						|
         (::IsWindowEnabled(mWnd) &&
 | 
						|
          ::IsWindowEnabled(::GetAncestor(mWnd, GA_ROOT)));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetFocus
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Give the focus to this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetFocus(bool aRaise)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef WINSTATE_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    if (mWnd == WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd)) {
 | 
						|
      MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
             ("*** SetFocus: [  top] raise=%d\n", aRaise));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
             ("*** SetFocus: [child] raise=%d\n", aRaise));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    // Uniconify, if necessary
 | 
						|
    HWND toplevelWnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (aRaise && ::IsIconic(toplevelWnd)) {
 | 
						|
      ::ShowWindow(toplevelWnd, SW_RESTORE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ::SetFocus(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Bounds
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * GetBounds, GetClientBounds, GetScreenBounds,
 | 
						|
 * GetRestoredBounds, GetClientOffset
 | 
						|
 * SetDrawsInTitlebar, SetNonClientMargins
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Bound calculations.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the window's full dimensions in screen coordinates.
 | 
						|
// If the window has a parent, converts the origin to an offset
 | 
						|
// of the parent's screen origin.
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntRect
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetBounds()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return mBounds;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RECT r;
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::GetWindowRect(mWnd, &r));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect rect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // assign size
 | 
						|
  rect.width  = r.right - r.left;
 | 
						|
  rect.height = r.bottom - r.top;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // popup window bounds' are in screen coordinates, not relative to parent
 | 
						|
  // window
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    rect.x = r.left;
 | 
						|
    rect.y = r.top;
 | 
						|
    return rect;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // chrome on parent:
 | 
						|
  //  ___      5,5   (chrome start)
 | 
						|
  // |  ____   10,10 (client start)
 | 
						|
  // | |  ____ 20,20 (child start)
 | 
						|
  // | | |
 | 
						|
  // 20,20 - 5,5 = 15,15 (??)
 | 
						|
  // minus GetClientOffset:
 | 
						|
  // 15,15 - 5,5 = 10,10
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // no chrome on parent:
 | 
						|
  //  ______   10,10 (win start)
 | 
						|
  // |  ____   20,20 (child start)
 | 
						|
  // | |
 | 
						|
  // 20,20 - 10,10 = 10,10
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // walking the chain:
 | 
						|
  //  ___      5,5   (chrome start)
 | 
						|
  // |  ___    10,10 (client start)
 | 
						|
  // | |  ___  20,20 (child start)
 | 
						|
  // | | |  __ 30,30 (child start)
 | 
						|
  // | | | |
 | 
						|
  // 30,30 - 20,20 = 10,10 (offset from second child to first)
 | 
						|
  // 20,20 - 5,5 = 15,15 + 10,10 = 25,25 (??)
 | 
						|
  // minus GetClientOffset:
 | 
						|
  // 25,25 - 5,5 = 20,20 (offset from second child to parent client)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // convert coordinates if parent exists
 | 
						|
  HWND parent = ::GetParent(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (parent) {
 | 
						|
    RECT pr;
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::GetWindowRect(parent, &pr));
 | 
						|
    r.left -= pr.left;
 | 
						|
    r.top  -= pr.top;
 | 
						|
    // adjust for chrome
 | 
						|
    nsWindow* pWidget = static_cast<nsWindow*>(GetParent());
 | 
						|
    if (pWidget && pWidget->IsTopLevelWidget()) {
 | 
						|
      LayoutDeviceIntPoint clientOffset = pWidget->GetClientOffset();
 | 
						|
      r.left -= clientOffset.x;
 | 
						|
      r.top  -= clientOffset.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  rect.x = r.left;
 | 
						|
  rect.y = r.top;
 | 
						|
  return rect;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Get this component dimension
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntRect
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetClientBounds()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return LayoutDeviceIntRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RECT r;
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::GetClientRect(mWnd, &r));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect bounds = GetBounds();
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect rect;
 | 
						|
  rect.MoveTo(bounds.TopLeft() + GetClientOffset());
 | 
						|
  rect.width  = r.right - r.left;
 | 
						|
  rect.height = r.bottom - r.top;
 | 
						|
  return rect;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Like GetBounds, but don't offset by the parent
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntRect
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetScreenBounds()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return mBounds;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RECT r;
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::GetWindowRect(mWnd, &r));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect rect;
 | 
						|
  rect.x = r.left;
 | 
						|
  rect.y = r.top;
 | 
						|
  rect.width  = r.right - r.left;
 | 
						|
  rect.height = r.bottom - r.top;
 | 
						|
  return rect;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetRestoredBounds(LayoutDeviceIntRect &aRect)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (SizeMode() == nsSizeMode_Normal) {
 | 
						|
    aRect = GetScreenBounds();
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  WINDOWPLACEMENT pl = { sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT) };
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::GetWindowPlacement(mWnd, &pl));
 | 
						|
  const RECT& r = pl.rcNormalPosition;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HMONITOR monitor = ::MonitorFromWindow(mWnd, MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL);
 | 
						|
  if (!monitor) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  MONITORINFO mi = { sizeof(MONITORINFO) };
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::GetMonitorInfo(monitor, &mi));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  aRect.SetRect(r.left, r.top, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
 | 
						|
  aRect.MoveBy(mi.rcWork.left - mi.rcMonitor.left,
 | 
						|
               mi.rcWork.top - mi.rcMonitor.top);
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the x,y offset of the client area from the origin of the window. If
 | 
						|
// the window is borderless returns (0,0).
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetClientOffset()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return LayoutDeviceIntPoint(0, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RECT r1;
 | 
						|
  GetWindowRect(mWnd, &r1);
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntPoint pt = WidgetToScreenOffset();
 | 
						|
  return LayoutDeviceIntPoint(pt.x - r1.left, pt.y - r1.top);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetDrawsInTitlebar(bool aState)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow * window = GetTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
  if (window && window != this) {
 | 
						|
    return window->SetDrawsInTitlebar(aState);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aState) {
 | 
						|
    // top, right, bottom, left for nsIntMargin
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntMargin margins(0, -1, -1, -1);
 | 
						|
    SetNonClientMargins(margins);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntMargin margins(-1, -1, -1, -1);
 | 
						|
    SetNonClientMargins(margins);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ResetLayout()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // This will trigger a frame changed event, triggering
 | 
						|
  // nc calc size and a sizemode gecko event.
 | 
						|
  SetWindowPos(mWnd, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
               SWP_FRAMECHANGED|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOMOVE|
 | 
						|
               SWP_NOOWNERZORDER|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOZORDER);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If hidden, just send the frame changed event for now.
 | 
						|
  if (!mIsVisible)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Send a gecko size event to trigger reflow.
 | 
						|
  RECT clientRc = {0};
 | 
						|
  GetClientRect(mWnd, &clientRc);
 | 
						|
  nsIntRect evRect(WinUtils::ToIntRect(clientRc));
 | 
						|
  OnResize(evRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Invalidate and update
 | 
						|
  Invalidate();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Internally track the caption status via a window property. Required
 | 
						|
// due to our internal handling of WM_NCACTIVATE when custom client
 | 
						|
// margins are set.
 | 
						|
static const wchar_t kManageWindowInfoProperty[] = L"ManageWindowInfoProperty";
 | 
						|
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetWindowInfoPtr)(HWND hwnd, PWINDOWINFO pwi);
 | 
						|
static GetWindowInfoPtr sGetWindowInfoPtrStub = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BOOL WINAPI
 | 
						|
GetWindowInfoHook(HWND hWnd, PWINDOWINFO pwi)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!sGetWindowInfoPtrStub) {
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(FALSE, "Something is horribly wrong in GetWindowInfoHook!");
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  int windowStatus = 
 | 
						|
    reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(GetPropW(hWnd, kManageWindowInfoProperty));
 | 
						|
  // No property set, return the default data.
 | 
						|
  if (!windowStatus)
 | 
						|
    return sGetWindowInfoPtrStub(hWnd, pwi);
 | 
						|
  // Call GetWindowInfo and update dwWindowStatus with our
 | 
						|
  // internally tracked value. 
 | 
						|
  BOOL result = sGetWindowInfoPtrStub(hWnd, pwi);
 | 
						|
  if (result && pwi)
 | 
						|
    pwi->dwWindowStatus = (windowStatus == 1 ? 0 : WS_ACTIVECAPTION);
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::UpdateGetWindowInfoCaptionStatus(bool aActiveCaption)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!sGetWindowInfoPtrStub) {
 | 
						|
    sUser32Intercept.Init("user32.dll");
 | 
						|
    if (!sUser32Intercept.AddHook("GetWindowInfo", reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(GetWindowInfoHook),
 | 
						|
                                  (void**) &sGetWindowInfoPtrStub))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Update our internally tracked caption status
 | 
						|
  SetPropW(mWnd, kManageWindowInfoProperty, 
 | 
						|
    reinterpret_cast<HANDLE>(static_cast<INT_PTR>(aActiveCaption) + 1));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * Called when the window layout changes: full screen mode transitions,
 | 
						|
 * theme changes, and composition changes. Calculates the new non-client
 | 
						|
 * margins and fires off a frame changed event, which triggers an nc calc
 | 
						|
 * size windows event, kicking the changes in.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The offsets calculated here are based on the value of `mNonClientMargins`
 | 
						|
 * which is specified in the "chromemargins" attribute of the window.  For
 | 
						|
 * each margin, the value specified has the following meaning:
 | 
						|
 *    -1 - leave the default frame in place
 | 
						|
 *     0 - remove the frame
 | 
						|
 *    >0 - frame size equals min(0, (default frame size - margin value))
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function calculates and populates `mNonClientOffset`.
 | 
						|
 * In our processing of `WM_NCCALCSIZE`, the frame size will be calculated
 | 
						|
 * as (default frame size - offset).  For example, if the left frame should
 | 
						|
 * be 1 pixel narrower than the default frame size, `mNonClientOffset.left`
 | 
						|
 * will equal 1.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * For maximized, fullscreen, and minimized windows, the values stored in
 | 
						|
 * `mNonClientMargins` are ignored, and special processing takes place.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * For non-glass windows, we only allow frames to be their default size
 | 
						|
 * or removed entirely.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::UpdateNonClientMargins(int32_t aSizeMode, bool aReflowWindow)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mCustomNonClient)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aSizeMode == -1) {
 | 
						|
    aSizeMode = mSizeMode;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool hasCaption = (mBorderStyle
 | 
						|
                    & (eBorderStyle_all
 | 
						|
                     | eBorderStyle_title
 | 
						|
                     | eBorderStyle_menu
 | 
						|
                     | eBorderStyle_default));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // mCaptionHeight is the default size of the NC area at
 | 
						|
  // the top of the window. If the window has a caption,
 | 
						|
  // the size is calculated as the sum of:
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CYFRAME        - The thickness of the sizing border
 | 
						|
  //                          around a resizable window
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CXPADDEDBORDER - The amount of border padding
 | 
						|
  //                          for captioned windows
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CYCAPTION      - The height of the caption area
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If the window does not have a caption, mCaptionHeight will be equal to
 | 
						|
  // `GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME)`
 | 
						|
  mCaptionHeight = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME)
 | 
						|
                 + (hasCaption ? GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
 | 
						|
                                 + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)
 | 
						|
                               : 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // mHorResizeMargin is the size of the default NC areas on the
 | 
						|
  // left and right sides of our window.  It is calculated as
 | 
						|
  // the sum of:
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CXFRAME        - The thickness of the sizing border
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CXPADDEDBORDER - The amount of border padding
 | 
						|
  //                          for captioned windows
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If the window does not have a caption, mHorResizeMargin will be equal to
 | 
						|
  // `GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME)`
 | 
						|
  mHorResizeMargin = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME)
 | 
						|
                   + (hasCaption ? GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER) : 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // mVertResizeMargin is the size of the default NC area at the
 | 
						|
  // bottom of the window. It is calculated as the sum of:
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CYFRAME        - The thickness of the sizing border
 | 
						|
  //      SM_CXPADDEDBORDER - The amount of border padding
 | 
						|
  //                          for captioned windows.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If the window does not have a caption, mVertResizeMargin will be equal to
 | 
						|
  // `GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME)`
 | 
						|
  mVertResizeMargin = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME)
 | 
						|
                    + (hasCaption ? GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER) : 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Minimized) {
 | 
						|
    // Use default frame size for minimized windows
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.top = 0;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.left = 0;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.right = 0;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.bottom = 0;
 | 
						|
  } else if (aSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
    // Remove the default frame from the top of our fullscreen window.  This
 | 
						|
    // makes the whole caption part of our client area, allowing us to draw
 | 
						|
    // in the whole caption area.  Additionally remove the default frame from
 | 
						|
    // the left, right, and bottom.
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.top = mCaptionHeight;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.bottom = mVertResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.left = mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.right = mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
  } else if (aSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Maximized) {
 | 
						|
    // Remove the default frame from the top of our maximized window.  This
 | 
						|
    // makes the whole caption part of our client area, allowing us to draw
 | 
						|
    // in the whole caption area.  Use default frame size on left, right, and
 | 
						|
    // bottom. The reason this works is that, for maximized windows,
 | 
						|
    // Windows positions them so that their frames fall off the screen.
 | 
						|
    // This gives the illusion of windows having no frames when they are
 | 
						|
    // maximized.  If we try to mess with the frame sizes by setting these
 | 
						|
    // offsets to positive values, our client area will fall off the screen.
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.top = mCaptionHeight;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.bottom = 0;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.left = 0;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientOffset.right = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APPBARDATA appBarData;
 | 
						|
    appBarData.cbSize = sizeof(appBarData);
 | 
						|
    UINT taskbarState = SHAppBarMessage(ABM_GETSTATE, &appBarData);
 | 
						|
    if (ABS_AUTOHIDE & taskbarState) {
 | 
						|
      UINT edge = -1;
 | 
						|
      appBarData.hWnd = FindWindow(L"Shell_TrayWnd", nullptr);
 | 
						|
      if (appBarData.hWnd) {
 | 
						|
        HMONITOR taskbarMonitor = ::MonitorFromWindow(appBarData.hWnd,
 | 
						|
                                                      MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY);
 | 
						|
        HMONITOR windowMonitor = ::MonitorFromWindow(mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                                     MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST);
 | 
						|
        if (taskbarMonitor == windowMonitor) {
 | 
						|
          SHAppBarMessage(ABM_GETTASKBARPOS, &appBarData);
 | 
						|
          edge = appBarData.uEdge;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (ABE_LEFT == edge) {
 | 
						|
        mNonClientOffset.left -= 1;
 | 
						|
      } else if (ABE_RIGHT == edge) {
 | 
						|
        mNonClientOffset.right -= 1;
 | 
						|
      } else if (ABE_BOTTOM == edge || ABE_TOP == edge) {
 | 
						|
        mNonClientOffset.bottom -= 1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    bool glass = nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // We're dealing with a "normal" window (not maximized, minimized, or
 | 
						|
    // fullscreen), so process `mNonClientMargins` and set `mNonClientOffset`
 | 
						|
    // accordingly.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // Setting `mNonClientOffset` to 0 has the effect of leaving the default
 | 
						|
    // frame intact.  Setting it to a value greater than 0 reduces the frame
 | 
						|
    // size by that amount.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mNonClientMargins.top > 0 && glass) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.top = std::min(mCaptionHeight, mNonClientMargins.top);
 | 
						|
    } else if (mNonClientMargins.top == 0) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.top = mCaptionHeight;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.top = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mNonClientMargins.bottom > 0 && glass) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.bottom = std::min(mVertResizeMargin, mNonClientMargins.bottom);
 | 
						|
    } else if (mNonClientMargins.bottom == 0) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.bottom = mVertResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.bottom = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mNonClientMargins.left > 0 && glass) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.left = std::min(mHorResizeMargin, mNonClientMargins.left);
 | 
						|
    } else if (mNonClientMargins.left == 0) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.left = mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.left = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mNonClientMargins.right > 0 && glass) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.right = std::min(mHorResizeMargin, mNonClientMargins.right);
 | 
						|
    } else if (mNonClientMargins.right == 0) {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.right = mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      mNonClientOffset.right = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aReflowWindow) {
 | 
						|
    // Force a reflow of content based on the new client
 | 
						|
    // dimensions.
 | 
						|
    ResetLayout();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetNonClientMargins(LayoutDeviceIntMargin &margins)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mIsTopWidgetWindow ||
 | 
						|
      mBorderStyle == eBorderStyle_none)
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mHideChrome) {
 | 
						|
    mFutureMarginsOnceChromeShows = margins;
 | 
						|
    mFutureMarginsToUse = true;
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  mFutureMarginsToUse = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Request for a reset
 | 
						|
  if (margins.top == -1 && margins.left == -1 &&
 | 
						|
      margins.right == -1 && margins.bottom == -1) {
 | 
						|
    mCustomNonClient = false;
 | 
						|
    mNonClientMargins = margins;
 | 
						|
    // Force a reflow of content based on the new client
 | 
						|
    // dimensions.
 | 
						|
    ResetLayout();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int windowStatus =
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(GetPropW(mWnd, kManageWindowInfoProperty));
 | 
						|
    if (windowStatus) {
 | 
						|
      ::SendMessageW(mWnd, WM_NCACTIVATE, 1 != windowStatus, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (margins.top < -1 || margins.bottom < -1 ||
 | 
						|
      margins.left < -1 || margins.right < -1)
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mNonClientMargins = margins;
 | 
						|
  mCustomNonClient = true;
 | 
						|
  if (!UpdateNonClientMargins()) {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("UpdateNonClientMargins failed!");
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::InvalidateNonClientRegion()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // +-+-----------------------+-+
 | 
						|
  // | | app non-client chrome | |
 | 
						|
  // | +-----------------------+ |
 | 
						|
  // | |   app client chrome   | | }
 | 
						|
  // | +-----------------------+ | }
 | 
						|
  // | |      app content      | | } area we don't want to invalidate
 | 
						|
  // | +-----------------------+ | }
 | 
						|
  // | |   app client chrome   | | }
 | 
						|
  // | +-----------------------+ | 
 | 
						|
  // +---------------------------+ <
 | 
						|
  //  ^                         ^    windows non-client chrome
 | 
						|
  // client area = app *
 | 
						|
  RECT rect;
 | 
						|
  GetWindowRect(mWnd, &rect);
 | 
						|
  MapWindowPoints(nullptr, mWnd, (LPPOINT)&rect, 2);
 | 
						|
  HRGN winRgn = CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Subtract app client chrome and app content leaving
 | 
						|
  // windows non-client chrome and app non-client chrome
 | 
						|
  // in winRgn.
 | 
						|
  GetWindowRect(mWnd, &rect);
 | 
						|
  rect.top += mCaptionHeight;
 | 
						|
  rect.right -= mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
  rect.bottom -= mHorResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
  rect.left += mVertResizeMargin;
 | 
						|
  MapWindowPoints(nullptr, mWnd, (LPPOINT)&rect, 2);
 | 
						|
  HRGN clientRgn = CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rect);
 | 
						|
  CombineRgn(winRgn, winRgn, clientRgn, RGN_DIFF);
 | 
						|
  DeleteObject(clientRgn);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // triggers ncpaint and paint events for the two areas
 | 
						|
  RedrawWindow(mWnd, nullptr, winRgn, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE);
 | 
						|
  DeleteObject(winRgn);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
HRGN
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ExcludeNonClientFromPaintRegion(HRGN aRegion)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  RECT rect;
 | 
						|
  HRGN rgn = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (aRegion == (HRGN)1) { // undocumented value indicating a full refresh
 | 
						|
    GetWindowRect(mWnd, &rect);
 | 
						|
    rgn = CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rect);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    rgn = aRegion;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  GetClientRect(mWnd, &rect);
 | 
						|
  MapWindowPoints(mWnd, nullptr, (LPPOINT)&rect, 2);
 | 
						|
  HRGN nonClientRgn = CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rect);
 | 
						|
  CombineRgn(rgn, rgn, nonClientRgn, RGN_DIFF);
 | 
						|
  DeleteObject(nonClientRgn);
 | 
						|
  return rgn;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetBackgroundColor
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the window background paint color.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SetBackgroundColor(const nscolor &aColor)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mBrush)
 | 
						|
    ::DeleteObject(mBrush);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(NSRGB_2_COLOREF(aColor));
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd != nullptr) {
 | 
						|
    ::SetClassLongPtrW(mWnd, GCLP_HBRBACKGROUND, (LONG_PTR)mBrush);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetCursor
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SetCursor and related utilities for manging cursor state.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Set this component cursor
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetCursor(nsCursor aCursor)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Only change cursor if it's changing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //XXX mCursor isn't always right.  Scrollbars and others change it, too.
 | 
						|
  //XXX If we want this optimization we need a better way to do it.
 | 
						|
  //if (aCursor != mCursor) {
 | 
						|
  HCURSOR newCursor = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (aCursor) {
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_select:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_IBEAM);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_wait:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_WAIT);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_hyperlink:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_HAND);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_standard:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_context_menu: // XXX See bug 258960.
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_ARROW);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_n_resize:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_s_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENS);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_w_resize:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_e_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZEWE);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_nw_resize:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_se_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENWSE);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_ne_resize:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_sw_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENESW);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_crosshair:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_CROSS);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_move:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZEALL);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_help:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_HELP);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_copy: // CSS3
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_COPY));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_alias:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_ALIAS));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_cell:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_CELL));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_grab:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_GRAB));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_grabbing:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_GRABBING));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_spinning:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_APPSTARTING);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_zoom_in:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_ZOOMIN));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_zoom_out:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_ZOOMOUT));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_not_allowed:
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_no_drop:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_NO);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_col_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_COLRESIZE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_row_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_ROWRESIZE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_vertical_text:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_VERTICALTEXT));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_all_scroll:
 | 
						|
      // XXX not 100% appropriate perhaps
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZEALL);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_nesw_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENESW);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_nwse_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENWSE);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_ns_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZENS);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_ew_resize:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nullptr, IDC_SIZEWE);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case eCursor_none:
 | 
						|
      newCursor = ::LoadCursor(nsToolkit::mDllInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDC_NONE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      NS_ERROR("Invalid cursor type");
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (nullptr != newCursor) {
 | 
						|
    mCursor = aCursor;
 | 
						|
    HCURSOR oldCursor = ::SetCursor(newCursor);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (sHCursor == oldCursor) {
 | 
						|
      NS_IF_RELEASE(sCursorImgContainer);
 | 
						|
      if (sHCursor != nullptr)
 | 
						|
        ::DestroyIcon(sHCursor);
 | 
						|
      sHCursor = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Setting the actual cursor
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetCursor(imgIContainer* aCursor,
 | 
						|
                    uint32_t aHotspotX, uint32_t aHotspotY)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (sCursorImgContainer == aCursor && sHCursor) {
 | 
						|
    ::SetCursor(sHCursor);
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int32_t width;
 | 
						|
  int32_t height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsresult rv;
 | 
						|
  rv = aCursor->GetWidth(&width);
 | 
						|
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | 
						|
  rv = aCursor->GetHeight(&height);
 | 
						|
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Reject cursors greater than 128 pixels in either direction, to prevent
 | 
						|
  // spoofing.
 | 
						|
  // XXX ideally we should rescale. Also, we could modify the API to
 | 
						|
  // allow trusted content to set larger cursors.
 | 
						|
  if (width > 128 || height > 128)
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HCURSOR cursor;
 | 
						|
  double scale = GetDefaultScale().scale;
 | 
						|
  IntSize size = RoundedToInt(Size(width * scale, height * scale));
 | 
						|
  rv = nsWindowGfx::CreateIcon(aCursor, true, aHotspotX, aHotspotY, size, &cursor);
 | 
						|
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mCursor = eCursorInvalid;
 | 
						|
  ::SetCursor(cursor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NS_IF_RELEASE(sCursorImgContainer);
 | 
						|
  sCursorImgContainer = aCursor;
 | 
						|
  NS_ADDREF(sCursorImgContainer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sHCursor != nullptr)
 | 
						|
    ::DestroyIcon(sHCursor);
 | 
						|
  sHCursor = cursor;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::Get/SetTransparencyMode
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Manage the transparency mode of the window containing this
 | 
						|
 * widget. Only works for popup and dialog windows when the
 | 
						|
 * Desktop Window Manager compositor is not enabled.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | 
						|
nsTransparencyMode nsWindow::GetTransparencyMode()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return GetTopLevelWindow(true)->GetWindowTranslucencyInner();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SetTransparencyMode(nsTransparencyMode aMode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* window = GetTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
  MOZ_ASSERT(window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!window || window->DestroyCalled()) {
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (nsWindowType::eWindowType_toplevel == window->mWindowType &&
 | 
						|
      mTransparencyMode != aMode &&
 | 
						|
      !nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor()) {
 | 
						|
      NS_WARNING("Cannot set transparency mode on top-level windows.");
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  window->SetWindowTranslucencyInner(aMode);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::UpdateOpaqueRegion(const LayoutDeviceIntRegion& aOpaqueRegion)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!HasGlass() || GetParent())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is no opaque region or hidechrome=true, set margins
 | 
						|
  // to support a full sheet of glass. Comments in MSDN indicate
 | 
						|
  // all values must be set to -1 to get a full sheet of glass.
 | 
						|
  MARGINS margins = { -1, -1, -1, -1 };
 | 
						|
  if (!aOpaqueRegion.IsEmpty()) {
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntRect pluginBounds;
 | 
						|
    for (nsIWidget* child = GetFirstChild(); child; child = child->GetNextSibling()) {
 | 
						|
      if (child->IsPlugin()) {
 | 
						|
        // Collect the bounds of all plugins for GetLargestRectangle.
 | 
						|
        LayoutDeviceIntRect childBounds = child->GetBounds();
 | 
						|
        pluginBounds.UnionRect(pluginBounds, childBounds);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntRect clientBounds = GetClientBounds();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Find the largest rectangle and use that to calculate the inset. Our top
 | 
						|
    // priority is to include the bounds of all plugins.
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntRect largest =
 | 
						|
      aOpaqueRegion.GetLargestRectangle(pluginBounds);
 | 
						|
    margins.cxLeftWidth = largest.x;
 | 
						|
    margins.cxRightWidth = clientBounds.width - largest.XMost();
 | 
						|
    margins.cyBottomHeight = clientBounds.height - largest.YMost();
 | 
						|
    if (mCustomNonClient) {
 | 
						|
      // The minimum glass height must be the caption buttons height,
 | 
						|
      // otherwise the buttons are drawn incorrectly.
 | 
						|
      largest.y = std::max<uint32_t>(largest.y,
 | 
						|
                         nsUXThemeData::GetCommandButtonBoxMetrics().cy);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    margins.cyTopHeight = largest.y;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Only update glass area if there are changes
 | 
						|
  if (memcmp(&mGlassMargins, &margins, sizeof mGlassMargins)) {
 | 
						|
    mGlassMargins = margins;
 | 
						|
    UpdateGlass();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
*
 | 
						|
* SECTION: nsIWidget::UpdateWindowDraggingRegion
 | 
						|
*
 | 
						|
* For setting the draggable titlebar region from CSS
 | 
						|
* with -moz-window-dragging: drag.
 | 
						|
*
 | 
						|
**************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::UpdateWindowDraggingRegion(const LayoutDeviceIntRegion& aRegion)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mDraggableRegion != aRegion) {
 | 
						|
    mDraggableRegion = aRegion;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::UpdateGlass()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  MARGINS margins = mGlassMargins;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // DWMNCRP_USEWINDOWSTYLE - The non-client rendering area is
 | 
						|
  //                          rendered based on the window style.
 | 
						|
  // DWMNCRP_ENABLED        - The non-client area rendering is
 | 
						|
  //                          enabled; the window style is ignored.
 | 
						|
  DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY policy = DWMNCRP_USEWINDOWSTYLE;
 | 
						|
  switch (mTransparencyMode) {
 | 
						|
  case eTransparencyBorderlessGlass:
 | 
						|
    // Only adjust if there is some opaque rectangle
 | 
						|
    if (margins.cxLeftWidth >= 0) {
 | 
						|
      margins.cxLeftWidth += kGlassMarginAdjustment;
 | 
						|
      margins.cyTopHeight += kGlassMarginAdjustment;
 | 
						|
      margins.cxRightWidth += kGlassMarginAdjustment;
 | 
						|
      margins.cyBottomHeight += kGlassMarginAdjustment;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Fall through
 | 
						|
  case eTransparencyGlass:
 | 
						|
    policy = DWMNCRP_ENABLED;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
         ("glass margins: left:%d top:%d right:%d bottom:%d\n",
 | 
						|
          margins.cxLeftWidth, margins.cyTopHeight,
 | 
						|
          margins.cxRightWidth, margins.cyBottomHeight));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Extends the window frame behind the client area
 | 
						|
  if (nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor()) {
 | 
						|
    DwmExtendFrameIntoClientArea(mWnd, &margins);
 | 
						|
    DwmSetWindowAttribute(mWnd, DWMWA_NCRENDERING_POLICY, &policy, sizeof policy);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::HideWindowChrome
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Show or hide window chrome.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::HideWindowChrome(bool aShouldHide)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HWND hwnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd, true);
 | 
						|
  if (!WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(hwnd))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("Trying to hide window decorations in an embedded context");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mHideChrome == aShouldHide)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD_PTR style, exStyle;
 | 
						|
  mHideChrome = aShouldHide;
 | 
						|
  if (aShouldHide) {
 | 
						|
    DWORD_PTR tempStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_STYLE);
 | 
						|
    DWORD_PTR tempExStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    style = tempStyle & ~(WS_CAPTION | WS_THICKFRAME);
 | 
						|
    exStyle = tempExStyle & ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE |
 | 
						|
                              WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | WS_EX_STATICEDGE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mOldStyle = tempStyle;
 | 
						|
    mOldExStyle = tempExStyle;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    if (!mOldStyle || !mOldExStyle) {
 | 
						|
      mOldStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_STYLE);
 | 
						|
      mOldExStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    style = mOldStyle;
 | 
						|
    exStyle = mOldExStyle;
 | 
						|
    if (mFutureMarginsToUse) {
 | 
						|
      SetNonClientMargins(mFutureMarginsOnceChromeShows);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VERIFY_WINDOW_STYLE(style);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_STYLE, style);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, exStyle);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsWindow::Invalidate
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Invalidate an area of the client for painting.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Invalidate this component visible area
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Invalidate(bool aEraseBackground,
 | 
						|
                     bool aUpdateNCArea,
 | 
						|
                     bool aIncludeChildren)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
  debug_DumpInvalidate(stdout,
 | 
						|
                       this,
 | 
						|
                       nullptr,
 | 
						|
                       "noname",
 | 
						|
                       (int32_t) mWnd);
 | 
						|
#endif // WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD flags = RDW_INVALIDATE;
 | 
						|
  if (aEraseBackground) {
 | 
						|
    flags |= RDW_ERASE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (aUpdateNCArea) {
 | 
						|
    flags |= RDW_FRAME;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (aIncludeChildren) {
 | 
						|
    flags |= RDW_ALLCHILDREN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VERIFY(::RedrawWindow(mWnd, nullptr, nullptr, flags));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Invalidate this component visible area
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::Invalidate(const LayoutDeviceIntRect& aRect)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    debug_DumpInvalidate(stdout,
 | 
						|
                         this,
 | 
						|
                         &aRect,
 | 
						|
                         "noname",
 | 
						|
                         (int32_t) mWnd);
 | 
						|
#endif // WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RECT rect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    rect.left   = aRect.x;
 | 
						|
    rect.top    = aRect.y;
 | 
						|
    rect.right  = aRect.x + aRect.width;
 | 
						|
    rect.bottom = aRect.y + aRect.height;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::InvalidateRect(mWnd, &rect, FALSE));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
 | 
						|
FullscreenTransitionWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg,
 | 
						|
                               WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (uMsg) {
 | 
						|
    case WM_FULLSCREEN_TRANSITION_BEFORE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_FULLSCREEN_TRANSITION_AFTER: {
 | 
						|
      DWORD duration = (DWORD)lParam;
 | 
						|
      DWORD flags = AW_BLEND;
 | 
						|
      if (uMsg == WM_FULLSCREEN_TRANSITION_AFTER) {
 | 
						|
        flags |= AW_HIDE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ::AnimateWindow(hWnd, duration, flags);
 | 
						|
      // The message sender should have added ref for us.
 | 
						|
      NS_DispatchToMainThread(
 | 
						|
        already_AddRefed<nsIRunnable>((nsIRunnable*)wParam));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case WM_DESTROY:
 | 
						|
      ::PostQuitMessage(0);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ::DefWindowProcW(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct FullscreenTransitionInitData
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsIntRect mBounds;
 | 
						|
  HANDLE mSemaphore;
 | 
						|
  HANDLE mThread;
 | 
						|
  HWND mWnd;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FullscreenTransitionInitData()
 | 
						|
    : mSemaphore(nullptr)
 | 
						|
    , mThread(nullptr)
 | 
						|
    , mWnd(nullptr) { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ~FullscreenTransitionInitData()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (mSemaphore) {
 | 
						|
      ::CloseHandle(mSemaphore);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (mThread) {
 | 
						|
      ::CloseHandle(mThread);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static DWORD WINAPI
 | 
						|
FullscreenTransitionThreadProc(LPVOID lpParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Initialize window class
 | 
						|
  static bool sInitialized = false;
 | 
						|
  if (!sInitialized) {
 | 
						|
    WNDCLASSW wc = {};
 | 
						|
    wc.lpfnWndProc = ::FullscreenTransitionWindowProc;
 | 
						|
    wc.hInstance = nsToolkit::mDllInstance;
 | 
						|
    wc.hbrBackground = ::CreateSolidBrush(RGB(0, 0, 0));
 | 
						|
    wc.lpszClassName = kClassNameTransition;
 | 
						|
    ::RegisterClassW(&wc);
 | 
						|
    sInitialized = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto data = static_cast<FullscreenTransitionInitData*>(lpParam);
 | 
						|
  HWND wnd = ::CreateWindowW(
 | 
						|
    kClassNameTransition, L"", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
    nullptr, nullptr, nsToolkit::mDllInstance, nullptr);
 | 
						|
  if (!wnd) {
 | 
						|
    ::ReleaseSemaphore(data->mSemaphore, 1, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Since AnimateWindow blocks the thread of the transition window,
 | 
						|
  // we need to hide the cursor for that window, otherwise the system
 | 
						|
  // would show the busy pointer to the user.
 | 
						|
  ::ShowCursor(false);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongW(wnd, GWL_STYLE, 0);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongW(wnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, WS_EX_LAYERED |
 | 
						|
                   WS_EX_TRANSPARENT | WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW | WS_EX_NOACTIVATE);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowPos(wnd, HWND_TOPMOST, data->mBounds.x, data->mBounds.y,
 | 
						|
                 data->mBounds.width, data->mBounds.height, 0);
 | 
						|
  data->mWnd = wnd;
 | 
						|
  ::ReleaseSemaphore(data->mSemaphore, 1, nullptr);
 | 
						|
  // The initialization data may no longer be valid
 | 
						|
  // after we release the semaphore.
 | 
						|
  data = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MSG msg;
 | 
						|
  while (::GetMessageW(&msg, nullptr, 0, 0)) {
 | 
						|
    ::TranslateMessage(&msg);
 | 
						|
    ::DispatchMessage(&msg);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ::ShowCursor(true);
 | 
						|
  ::DestroyWindow(wnd);
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class FullscreenTransitionData final : public nsISupports
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  explicit FullscreenTransitionData(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
    : mWnd(aWnd)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "FullscreenTransitionData "
 | 
						|
               "should be constructed in the main thread");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const HWND mWnd;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  ~FullscreenTransitionData()
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "FullscreenTransitionData "
 | 
						|
               "should be deconstructed in the main thread");
 | 
						|
    ::PostMessageW(mWnd, WM_DESTROY, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS0(FullscreenTransitionData)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* virtual */ bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::PrepareForFullscreenTransition(nsISupports** aData)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // We don't support fullscreen transition when composition is not
 | 
						|
  // enabled, which could make the transition broken and annoying.
 | 
						|
  // See bug 1184201.
 | 
						|
  if (!nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor()) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FullscreenTransitionInitData initData;
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIScreen> screen = GetWidgetScreen();
 | 
						|
  int32_t x, y, width, height;
 | 
						|
  screen->GetRectDisplayPix(&x, &y, &width, &height);
 | 
						|
  MOZ_ASSERT(BoundsUseDesktopPixels(),
 | 
						|
             "Should only be called on top-level window");
 | 
						|
  double scale = GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale; // XXX or GetDefaultScale() ?
 | 
						|
  initData.mBounds.x = NSToIntRound(x * scale);
 | 
						|
  initData.mBounds.y = NSToIntRound(y * scale);
 | 
						|
  initData.mBounds.width = NSToIntRound(width * scale);
 | 
						|
  initData.mBounds.height = NSToIntRound(height * scale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Create a semaphore for synchronizing the window handle which will
 | 
						|
  // be created by the transition thread and used by the main thread for
 | 
						|
  // posting the transition messages.
 | 
						|
  initData.mSemaphore = ::CreateSemaphore(nullptr, 0, 1, nullptr);
 | 
						|
  if (initData.mSemaphore) {
 | 
						|
    initData.mThread = ::CreateThread(
 | 
						|
      nullptr, 0, FullscreenTransitionThreadProc, &initData, 0, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    if (initData.mThread) {
 | 
						|
      ::WaitForSingleObject(initData.mSemaphore, INFINITE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!initData.mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mTransitionWnd = initData.mWnd;
 | 
						|
  auto data = new FullscreenTransitionData(initData.mWnd);
 | 
						|
  *aData = data;
 | 
						|
  NS_ADDREF(data);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* virtual */ void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::PerformFullscreenTransition(FullscreenTransitionStage aStage,
 | 
						|
                                      uint16_t aDuration, nsISupports* aData,
 | 
						|
                                      nsIRunnable* aCallback)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  auto data = static_cast<FullscreenTransitionData*>(aData);
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> callback = aCallback;
 | 
						|
  UINT msg = aStage == eBeforeFullscreenToggle ?
 | 
						|
    WM_FULLSCREEN_TRANSITION_BEFORE : WM_FULLSCREEN_TRANSITION_AFTER;
 | 
						|
  WPARAM wparam = (WPARAM)callback.forget().take();
 | 
						|
  ::PostMessage(data->mWnd, msg, wparam, (LPARAM)aDuration);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::MakeFullScreen(bool aFullScreen, nsIScreen* aTargetScreen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // taskbarInfo will be nullptr pre Windows 7 until Bug 680227 is resolved.
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWinTaskbar> taskbarInfo =
 | 
						|
    do_GetService(NS_TASKBAR_CONTRACTID);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  mFullscreenMode = aFullScreen;
 | 
						|
  if (aFullScreen) {
 | 
						|
    if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Fullscreen)
 | 
						|
      return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
    mOldSizeMode = mSizeMode;
 | 
						|
    SetSizeMode(nsSizeMode_Fullscreen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Notify the taskbar that we will be entering full screen mode.
 | 
						|
    if (taskbarInfo) {
 | 
						|
      taskbarInfo->PrepareFullScreenHWND(mWnd, TRUE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (mSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Fullscreen)
 | 
						|
      return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
    SetSizeMode(mOldSizeMode);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we are going fullscreen, the window size continues to change
 | 
						|
  // and the window will be reflow again then.
 | 
						|
  UpdateNonClientMargins(mSizeMode, /* Reflow */ !aFullScreen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Will call hide chrome, reposition window. Note this will
 | 
						|
  // also cache dimensions for restoration, so it should only
 | 
						|
  // be called once per fullscreen request.
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::InfallibleMakeFullScreen(aFullScreen, aTargetScreen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mIsVisible && !aFullScreen && mOldSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Normal) {
 | 
						|
    // Ensure the window exiting fullscreen get activated. Window
 | 
						|
    // activation might be bypassed in SetSizeMode.
 | 
						|
    DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Notify the taskbar that we have exited full screen mode.
 | 
						|
  if (!aFullScreen && taskbarInfo) {
 | 
						|
    taskbarInfo->PrepareFullScreenHWND(mWnd, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    mWidgetListener->SizeModeChanged(mSizeMode);
 | 
						|
    mWidgetListener->FullscreenChanged(aFullScreen);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Send a eMouseEnterIntoWidget event since Windows has already sent
 | 
						|
  // a WM_MOUSELEAVE that caused us to send a eMouseExitFromWidget event.
 | 
						|
  if (aFullScreen && !sCurrentWindow) {
 | 
						|
    sCurrentWindow = this;
 | 
						|
    LPARAM pos = sCurrentWindow->lParamToClient(sMouseExitlParamScreen);
 | 
						|
    sCurrentWindow->DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseEnterIntoWidget,
 | 
						|
                                       sMouseExitwParam, pos, false,
 | 
						|
                                       WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                       MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Native data storage
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * nsIWidget::GetNativeData
 | 
						|
 * nsIWidget::FreeNativeData
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Set or clear native data based on a constant.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return some native data according to aDataType
 | 
						|
void* nsWindow::GetNativeData(uint32_t aDataType)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (aDataType) {
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_TMP_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
      return (void*)::CreateWindowExW(mIsRTL ? WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL : 0,
 | 
						|
                                      GetWindowClass(),
 | 
						|
                                      L"",
 | 
						|
                                      WS_CHILD,
 | 
						|
                                      CW_USEDEFAULT,
 | 
						|
                                      CW_USEDEFAULT,
 | 
						|
                                      CW_USEDEFAULT,
 | 
						|
                                      CW_USEDEFAULT,
 | 
						|
                                      mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                      nullptr,
 | 
						|
                                      nsToolkit::mDllInstance,
 | 
						|
                                      nullptr);
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_PLUGIN_ID:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_PLUGIN_PORT:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_WIDGET:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
      return (void*)mWnd;
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_SHAREABLE_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
      return (void*) WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_GRAPHIC:
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Not supported on Windows:");
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    case NS_RAW_NATIVE_IME_CONTEXT: {
 | 
						|
      void* pseudoIMEContext = GetPseudoIMEContext();
 | 
						|
      if (pseudoIMEContext) {
 | 
						|
        return pseudoIMEContext;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_TSF_THREAD_MGR:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_TSF_CATEGORY_MGR:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_TSF_DISPLAY_ATTR_MGR:
 | 
						|
      return IMEHandler::GetNativeData(this, aDataType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
SetChildStyleAndParent(HWND aChildWindow, HWND aParentWindow)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    // Make sure the window is styled to be a child window.
 | 
						|
    LONG_PTR style = GetWindowLongPtr(aChildWindow, GWL_STYLE);
 | 
						|
    style |= WS_CHILD;
 | 
						|
    style &= ~WS_POPUP;
 | 
						|
    SetWindowLongPtr(aChildWindow, GWL_STYLE, style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Do the reparenting. Note that this call will probably cause a sync native
 | 
						|
    // message to the process that owns the child window.
 | 
						|
    ::SetParent(aChildWindow, aParentWindow);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetNativeData(uint32_t aDataType, uintptr_t aVal)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (aDataType) {
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_CHILD_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_CHILD_OF_SHAREABLE_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        HWND childHwnd = reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aVal);
 | 
						|
        DWORD childProc = 0;
 | 
						|
        GetWindowThreadProcessId(childHwnd, &childProc);
 | 
						|
        if (!PluginProcessParent::IsPluginProcessId(static_cast<base::ProcessId>(childProc))) {
 | 
						|
          MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("SetNativeData window origin was not a plugin process.");
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        HWND parentHwnd =
 | 
						|
          aDataType == NS_NATIVE_CHILD_WINDOW ? mWnd : WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd);
 | 
						|
        SetChildStyleAndParent(childHwnd, parentHwnd);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      NS_ERROR("SetNativeData called with unsupported data type.");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Free some native data according to aDataType
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::FreeNativeData(void * data, uint32_t aDataType)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (aDataType)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_GRAPHIC:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_WIDGET:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_WINDOW:
 | 
						|
    case NS_NATIVE_PLUGIN_PORT:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetTitle
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Set the main windows title text.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetTitle(const nsAString& aTitle)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  const nsString& strTitle = PromiseFlatString(aTitle);
 | 
						|
  AutoRestore<bool> sendingText(mSendingSetText);
 | 
						|
  mSendingSetText = true;
 | 
						|
  ::SendMessageW(mWnd, WM_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)strTitle.get());
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::SetIcon
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Set the main windows icon.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetIcon(const nsAString& aIconSpec)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Assume the given string is a local identifier for an icon file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> iconFile;
 | 
						|
  ResolveIconName(aIconSpec, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".ico"),
 | 
						|
                  getter_AddRefs(iconFile));
 | 
						|
  if (!iconFile)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsAutoString iconPath;
 | 
						|
  iconFile->GetPath(iconPath);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // XXX this should use MZLU (see bug 239279)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ::SetLastError(0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HICON bigIcon = (HICON)::LoadImageW(nullptr,
 | 
						|
                                      (LPCWSTR)iconPath.get(),
 | 
						|
                                      IMAGE_ICON,
 | 
						|
                                      ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXICON),
 | 
						|
                                      ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYICON),
 | 
						|
                                      LR_LOADFROMFILE );
 | 
						|
  HICON smallIcon = (HICON)::LoadImageW(nullptr,
 | 
						|
                                        (LPCWSTR)iconPath.get(),
 | 
						|
                                        IMAGE_ICON,
 | 
						|
                                        ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON),
 | 
						|
                                        ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON),
 | 
						|
                                        LR_LOADFROMFILE );
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (bigIcon) {
 | 
						|
    HICON icon = (HICON) ::SendMessageW(mWnd, WM_SETICON, (WPARAM)ICON_BIG, (LPARAM)bigIcon);
 | 
						|
    if (icon)
 | 
						|
      ::DestroyIcon(icon);
 | 
						|
    mIconBig = bigIcon;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SetIcon
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII cPath(iconPath);
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
           ("\nIcon load error; icon=%s, rc=0x%08X\n\n", 
 | 
						|
            cPath.get(), ::GetLastError()));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  if (smallIcon) {
 | 
						|
    HICON icon = (HICON) ::SendMessageW(mWnd, WM_SETICON, (WPARAM)ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)smallIcon);
 | 
						|
    if (icon)
 | 
						|
      ::DestroyIcon(icon);
 | 
						|
    mIconSmall = smallIcon;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SetIcon
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII cPath(iconPath);
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
           ("\nSmall icon load error; icon=%s, rc=0x%08X\n\n", 
 | 
						|
            cPath.get(), ::GetLastError()));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::WidgetToScreenOffset
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return this widget's origin in screen coordinates.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint nsWindow::WidgetToScreenOffset()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  POINT point;
 | 
						|
  point.x = 0;
 | 
						|
  point.y = 0;
 | 
						|
  ::ClientToScreen(mWnd, &point);
 | 
						|
  return LayoutDeviceIntPoint(point.x, point.y);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LayoutDeviceIntSize
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ClientToWindowSize(const LayoutDeviceIntSize& aClientSize)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup && !IsPopupWithTitleBar())
 | 
						|
    return aClientSize;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // just use (200, 200) as the position
 | 
						|
  RECT r;
 | 
						|
  r.left = 200;
 | 
						|
  r.top = 200;
 | 
						|
  r.right = 200 + aClientSize.width;
 | 
						|
  r.bottom = 200 + aClientSize.height;
 | 
						|
  ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&r, WindowStyle(), false, WindowExStyle());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return LayoutDeviceIntSize(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::EnableDragDrop
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Enables/Disables drag and drop of files on this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EnableDragDrop(bool aEnable)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    // Return early if the window already closed
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aEnable) {
 | 
						|
    if (!mNativeDragTarget) {
 | 
						|
      mNativeDragTarget = new nsNativeDragTarget(this);
 | 
						|
      mNativeDragTarget->AddRef();
 | 
						|
      if (SUCCEEDED(::CoLockObjectExternal((LPUNKNOWN)mNativeDragTarget,
 | 
						|
                                           TRUE, FALSE))) {
 | 
						|
        ::RegisterDragDrop(mWnd, (LPDROPTARGET)mNativeDragTarget);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (mWnd && mNativeDragTarget) {
 | 
						|
      ::RevokeDragDrop(mWnd);
 | 
						|
      ::CoLockObjectExternal((LPUNKNOWN)mNativeDragTarget, FALSE, TRUE);
 | 
						|
      mNativeDragTarget->DragCancel();
 | 
						|
      NS_RELEASE(mNativeDragTarget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::CaptureMouse
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Enables/Disables system mouse capture.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::CaptureMouse(bool aCapture)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  TRACKMOUSEEVENT mTrack;
 | 
						|
  mTrack.cbSize = sizeof(TRACKMOUSEEVENT);
 | 
						|
  mTrack.dwHoverTime = 0;
 | 
						|
  mTrack.hwndTrack = mWnd;
 | 
						|
  if (aCapture) {
 | 
						|
    mTrack.dwFlags = TME_CANCEL | TME_LEAVE;
 | 
						|
    ::SetCapture(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    mTrack.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
 | 
						|
    ::ReleaseCapture();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  sIsInMouseCapture = aCapture;
 | 
						|
  TrackMouseEvent(&mTrack);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::CaptureRollupEvents
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Dealing with event rollup on destroy for popups. Enables &
 | 
						|
 * Disables system capture of any and all events that would
 | 
						|
 * cause a dropdown to be rolled up.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::CaptureRollupEvents(nsIRollupListener* aListener, bool aDoCapture)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aDoCapture) {
 | 
						|
    gRollupListener = aListener;
 | 
						|
    if (!sMsgFilterHook && !sCallProcHook && !sCallMouseHook) {
 | 
						|
      RegisterSpecialDropdownHooks();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sProcessHook = true;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    gRollupListener = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    sProcessHook = false;
 | 
						|
    UnregisterSpecialDropdownHooks();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::GetAttention
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Bring this window to the user's attention.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Draw user's attention to this window until it comes to foreground.
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetAttention(int32_t aCycleCount)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Got window?
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd)
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HWND flashWnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd, false, false);
 | 
						|
  HWND fgWnd = ::GetForegroundWindow();
 | 
						|
  // Don't flash if the flash count is 0 or if the foreground window is our
 | 
						|
  // window handle or that of our owned-most window.
 | 
						|
  if (aCycleCount == 0 || 
 | 
						|
      flashWnd == fgWnd ||
 | 
						|
      flashWnd == WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(fgWnd, false, false)) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD defaultCycleCount = 0;
 | 
						|
  ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETFOREGROUNDFLASHCOUNT, 0, &defaultCycleCount, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FLASHWINFO flashInfo = { sizeof(FLASHWINFO), flashWnd,
 | 
						|
    FLASHW_ALL, aCycleCount > 0 ? aCycleCount : defaultCycleCount, 0 };
 | 
						|
  ::FlashWindowEx(&flashInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::StopFlashing()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HWND flashWnd = mWnd;
 | 
						|
  while (HWND ownerWnd = ::GetWindow(flashWnd, GW_OWNER)) {
 | 
						|
    flashWnd = ownerWnd;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FLASHWINFO flashInfo = { sizeof(FLASHWINFO), flashWnd,
 | 
						|
    FLASHW_STOP, 0, 0 };
 | 
						|
  ::FlashWindowEx(&flashInfo);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::HasPendingInputEvent
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Ask whether there user input events pending.  All input events are
 | 
						|
 * included, including those not targeted at this nsIwidget instance.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::HasPendingInputEvent()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If there is pending input or the user is currently
 | 
						|
  // moving the window then return true.
 | 
						|
  // Note: When the user is moving the window WIN32 spins
 | 
						|
  // a separate event loop and input events are not
 | 
						|
  // reported to the application.
 | 
						|
  if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_INPUT)))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  GUITHREADINFO guiInfo;
 | 
						|
  guiInfo.cbSize = sizeof(GUITHREADINFO);
 | 
						|
  if (!GetGUIThreadInfo(GetCurrentThreadId(), &guiInfo))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  return GUI_INMOVESIZE == (guiInfo.flags & GUI_INMOVESIZE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::GetLayerManager
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Get the layer manager associated with this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LayerManager*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetLayerManager(PLayerTransactionChild* aShadowManager,
 | 
						|
                          LayersBackend aBackendHint,
 | 
						|
                          LayerManagerPersistence aPersistence)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  RECT windowRect;
 | 
						|
  ::GetClientRect(mWnd, &windowRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Try OMTC first.
 | 
						|
  if (!mLayerManager && ShouldUseOffMainThreadCompositing()) {
 | 
						|
    gfxWindowsPlatform::GetPlatform()->UpdateRenderMode();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // e10s uses the parameter to pass in the shadow manager from the TabChild
 | 
						|
    // so we don't expect to see it there since this doesn't support e10s.
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(aShadowManager == nullptr, "Async Compositor not supported with e10s");
 | 
						|
    CreateCompositor();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!mLayerManager) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(!mCompositorSession && !mCompositorBridgeChild);
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(!mCompositorWidgetDelegate);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ensure we have a widget proxy even if we're not using the compositor,
 | 
						|
    // since all our transparent window handling lives there.
 | 
						|
    WinCompositorWidgetInitData initData(
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(mWnd),
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(static_cast<nsIWidget*>(this)),
 | 
						|
      mTransparencyMode);
 | 
						|
    // If we're not using the compositor, the options don't actually matter.
 | 
						|
    CompositorOptions options(false, false);
 | 
						|
    mBasicLayersSurface = new InProcessWinCompositorWidget(initData, options, this);
 | 
						|
    mCompositorWidgetDelegate = mBasicLayersSurface;
 | 
						|
    mLayerManager = CreateBasicLayerManager();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(mLayerManager, "Couldn't provide a valid layer manager.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return mLayerManager;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsBaseWidget::SetCompositorWidgetDelegate
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Called to connect the nsWindow to the delegate providing
 | 
						|
 * platform compositing API access.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetCompositorWidgetDelegate(CompositorWidgetDelegate* delegate)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (delegate) {
 | 
						|
        mCompositorWidgetDelegate = delegate->AsPlatformSpecificDelegate();
 | 
						|
        MOZ_ASSERT(mCompositorWidgetDelegate,
 | 
						|
                   "nsWindow::SetCompositorWidgetDelegate called with a non-PlatformCompositorWidgetDelegate");
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        mCompositorWidgetDelegate = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: nsIWidget::OnDefaultButtonLoaded
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Called after the dialog is loaded and it has a default button.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::OnDefaultButtonLoaded(const LayoutDeviceIntRect& aButtonRect)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aButtonRect.IsEmpty())
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't snap when we are not active.
 | 
						|
  HWND activeWnd = ::GetActiveWindow();
 | 
						|
  if (activeWnd != ::GetForegroundWindow() ||
 | 
						|
      WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd, true) !=
 | 
						|
        WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(activeWnd, true)) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool isAlwaysSnapCursor =
 | 
						|
    Preferences::GetBool("ui.cursor_snapping.always_enabled", false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!isAlwaysSnapCursor) {
 | 
						|
    BOOL snapDefaultButton;
 | 
						|
    if (!::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETSNAPTODEFBUTTON, 0,
 | 
						|
                                &snapDefaultButton, 0) || !snapDefaultButton)
 | 
						|
      return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect widgetRect = GetScreenBounds();
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect buttonRect(aButtonRect + widgetRect.TopLeft());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntPoint centerOfButton(buttonRect.x + buttonRect.width / 2,
 | 
						|
                                      buttonRect.y + buttonRect.height / 2);
 | 
						|
  // The center of the button can be outside of the widget.
 | 
						|
  // E.g., it could be hidden by scrolling.
 | 
						|
  if (!widgetRect.Contains(centerOfButton)) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::SetCursorPos(centerOfButton.x, centerOfButton.y)) {
 | 
						|
    NS_ERROR("SetCursorPos failed");
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::UpdateThemeGeometries(const nsTArray<ThemeGeometry>& aThemeGeometries)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  RefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager = GetLayerManager();
 | 
						|
  if (!layerManager) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsIntRegion clearRegion;
 | 
						|
  if (!HasGlass() || !nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor()) {
 | 
						|
    // Make sure and clear old regions we've set previously. Note HasGlass can be false
 | 
						|
    // for glass desktops if the window we are rendering to doesn't make use of glass
 | 
						|
    // (e.g. fullscreen browsing).
 | 
						|
    layerManager->SetRegionToClear(clearRegion);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // On Win10, force show the top border:
 | 
						|
  if (IsWin10OrLater() && mCustomNonClient && mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Normal) {
 | 
						|
    RECT rect;
 | 
						|
    ::GetWindowRect(mWnd, &rect);
 | 
						|
    // We want 1 pixel of border for every whole 100% of scaling
 | 
						|
    double borderSize = std::min(1, RoundDown(GetDesktopToDeviceScale().scale));
 | 
						|
    clearRegion.Or(clearRegion, gfx::IntRect::Truncate(0, 0, rect.right - rect.left, borderSize));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!IsWin10OrLater()) {
 | 
						|
    for (size_t i = 0; i < aThemeGeometries.Length(); i++) {
 | 
						|
      if (aThemeGeometries[i].mType == nsNativeThemeWin::eThemeGeometryTypeWindowButtons) {
 | 
						|
        LayoutDeviceIntRect bounds = aThemeGeometries[i].mRect;
 | 
						|
        clearRegion.Or(clearRegion, gfx::IntRect::Truncate(bounds.X(), bounds.Y(), bounds.Width(), bounds.Height() - 2.0));
 | 
						|
        clearRegion.Or(clearRegion, gfx::IntRect::Truncate(bounds.X() + 1.0, bounds.YMost() - 2.0, bounds.Width() - 1.0, 1.0));
 | 
						|
        clearRegion.Or(clearRegion, gfx::IntRect::Truncate(bounds.X() + 2.0, bounds.YMost() - 1.0, bounds.Width() - 3.0, 1.0));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  layerManager->SetRegionToClear(clearRegion);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetMaxTouchPoints() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return WinUtils::GetMaxTouchPoints();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Moz Events
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Moz GUI event management. 
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Mozilla event initialization
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Helpers for initializing moz events.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Event initialization
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::InitEvent(WidgetGUIEvent& event, LayoutDeviceIntPoint* aPoint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (nullptr == aPoint) {     // use the point from the event
 | 
						|
    // get the message position in client coordinates
 | 
						|
    if (mWnd != nullptr) {
 | 
						|
      DWORD pos = ::GetMessagePos();
 | 
						|
      POINT cpos;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      cpos.x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
      cpos.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ::ScreenToClient(mWnd, &cpos);
 | 
						|
      event.mRefPoint = LayoutDeviceIntPoint(cpos.x, cpos.y);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      event.mRefPoint = LayoutDeviceIntPoint(0, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // use the point override if provided
 | 
						|
    event.mRefPoint = *aPoint;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  event.AssignEventTime(CurrentMessageWidgetEventTime());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
WidgetEventTime
 | 
						|
nsWindow::CurrentMessageWidgetEventTime() const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  LONG messageTime = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
  return WidgetEventTime(messageTime, GetMessageTimeStamp(messageTime));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Moz event dispatch helpers
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Helpers for dispatching different types of moz events.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Main event dispatch. Invokes callback and ProcessEvent method on
 | 
						|
// Event Listener object. Part of nsIWidget.
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::DispatchEvent(WidgetGUIEvent* event, nsEventStatus& aStatus)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
  debug_DumpEvent(stdout,
 | 
						|
                  event->mWidget,
 | 
						|
                  event,
 | 
						|
                  "something",
 | 
						|
                  (int32_t) mWnd);
 | 
						|
#endif // WIDGET_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  aStatus = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Top level windows can have a view attached which requires events be sent
 | 
						|
  // to the underlying base window and the view. Added when we combined the
 | 
						|
  // base chrome window with the main content child for nc client area (title
 | 
						|
  // bar) rendering.
 | 
						|
  if (mAttachedWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    aStatus = mAttachedWidgetListener->HandleEvent(event, mUseAttachedEvents);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else if (mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    aStatus = mWidgetListener->HandleEvent(event, mUseAttachedEvents);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // the window can be destroyed during processing of seemingly innocuous events like, say,
 | 
						|
  // mousedowns due to the magic of scripting. mousedowns will return nsEventStatus_eIgnore,
 | 
						|
  // which causes problems with the deleted window. therefore:
 | 
						|
  if (mOnDestroyCalled)
 | 
						|
    aStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchStandardEvent(EventMessage aMsg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  WidgetGUIEvent event(true, aMsg, this);
 | 
						|
  InitEvent(event);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool result = DispatchWindowEvent(&event);
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchKeyboardEvent(WidgetKeyboardEvent* event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsEventStatus status = DispatchInputEvent(event);
 | 
						|
  return ConvertStatus(status);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchContentCommandEvent(WidgetContentCommandEvent* aEvent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsEventStatus status;
 | 
						|
  DispatchEvent(aEvent, status);
 | 
						|
  return ConvertStatus(status);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchWheelEvent(WidgetWheelEvent* aEvent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsEventStatus status = DispatchInputEvent(aEvent->AsInputEvent());
 | 
						|
  return ConvertStatus(status);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchWindowEvent(WidgetGUIEvent* event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsEventStatus status;
 | 
						|
  DispatchEvent(event, status);
 | 
						|
  return ConvertStatus(status);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchWindowEvent(WidgetGUIEvent* event,
 | 
						|
                                   nsEventStatus& aStatus)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DispatchEvent(event, aStatus);
 | 
						|
  return ConvertStatus(aStatus);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Recursively dispatch synchronous paints for nsIWidget
 | 
						|
// descendants with invalidated rectangles.
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK nsWindow::DispatchStarvedPaints(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aMsg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  LONG_PTR proc = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(aWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC);
 | 
						|
  if (proc == (LONG_PTR)&nsWindow::WindowProc) {
 | 
						|
    // its one of our windows so check to see if it has a
 | 
						|
    // invalidated rect. If it does. Dispatch a synchronous
 | 
						|
    // paint.
 | 
						|
    if (GetUpdateRect(aWnd, nullptr, FALSE))
 | 
						|
      VERIFY(::UpdateWindow(aWnd));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Check for pending paints and dispatch any pending paint
 | 
						|
// messages for any nsIWidget which is a descendant of the
 | 
						|
// top-level window that *this* window is embedded within.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Note: We do not dispatch pending paint messages for non
 | 
						|
// nsIWidget managed windows.
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::DispatchPendingEvents()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mPainting) {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("We were asked to dispatch pending events during painting, "
 | 
						|
               "denying since that's unsafe.");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We need to ensure that reflow events do not get starved.
 | 
						|
  // At the same time, we don't want to recurse through here
 | 
						|
  // as that would prevent us from dispatching starved paints.
 | 
						|
  static int recursionBlocker = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (recursionBlocker++ == 0) {
 | 
						|
    NS_ProcessPendingEvents(nullptr, PR_MillisecondsToInterval(100));
 | 
						|
    --recursionBlocker;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Quickly check to see if there are any paint events pending,
 | 
						|
  // but only dispatch them if it has been long enough since the
 | 
						|
  // last paint completed.
 | 
						|
  if (::GetQueueStatus(QS_PAINT) &&
 | 
						|
      ((TimeStamp::Now() - mLastPaintEndTime).ToMilliseconds() >= 50)) {
 | 
						|
    // Find the top level window.
 | 
						|
    HWND topWnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Dispatch pending paints for topWnd and all its descendant windows.
 | 
						|
    // Note: EnumChildWindows enumerates all descendant windows not just
 | 
						|
    // the children (but not the window itself).
 | 
						|
    nsWindow::DispatchStarvedPaints(topWnd, 0);
 | 
						|
    ::EnumChildWindows(topWnd, nsWindow::DispatchStarvedPaints, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::DispatchPluginEvent(UINT aMessage,
 | 
						|
                                     WPARAM aWParam,
 | 
						|
                                     LPARAM aLParam,
 | 
						|
                                     bool aDispatchPendingEvents)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  bool ret = nsWindowBase::DispatchPluginEvent(
 | 
						|
               WinUtils::InitMSG(aMessage, aWParam, aLParam, mWnd));
 | 
						|
  if (aDispatchPendingEvents && !Destroyed()) {
 | 
						|
    DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Deal with all sort of mouse event
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::DispatchMouseEvent(EventMessage aEventMessage, WPARAM wParam,
 | 
						|
                             LPARAM lParam, bool aIsContextMenuKey,
 | 
						|
                             int16_t aButton, uint16_t aInputSource,
 | 
						|
                             WinPointerInfo* aPointerInfo)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  enum
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    eUnset,
 | 
						|
    ePrecise,
 | 
						|
    eTouch
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  static int sTouchInputActiveState = eUnset;
 | 
						|
  bool result = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  UserActivity();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    return result;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntPoint eventPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntPoint mpScreen = eventPoint + WidgetToScreenOffset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Suppress mouse moves caused by widget creation. Make sure to do this early
 | 
						|
  // so that we update sLastMouseMovePoint even for touch-induced mousemove events.
 | 
						|
  if (aEventMessage == eMouseMove) {
 | 
						|
    if ((sLastMouseMovePoint.x == mpScreen.x) && (sLastMouseMovePoint.y == mpScreen.y)) {
 | 
						|
      return result;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sLastMouseMovePoint.x = mpScreen.x;
 | 
						|
    sLastMouseMovePoint.y = mpScreen.y;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (WinUtils::GetIsMouseFromTouch(aEventMessage)) {
 | 
						|
    if (aEventMessage == eMouseDown) {
 | 
						|
      Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::FX_TOUCH_USED, 1);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Fire an observer when the user initially touches a touch screen. Front end
 | 
						|
    // uses this to modify UX.
 | 
						|
    if (sTouchInputActiveState != eTouch) {
 | 
						|
      sTouchInputActiveState = eTouch;
 | 
						|
      nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
 | 
						|
        mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | 
						|
      obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "touch-input-detected", nullptr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mTouchWindow) {
 | 
						|
      // If mTouchWindow is true, then we must have APZ enabled and be
 | 
						|
      // feeding it raw touch events. In that case we don't need to
 | 
						|
      // send touch-generated mouse events to content. The only exception is
 | 
						|
      // the touch-generated mouse double-click, which is used to start off the
 | 
						|
      // touch-based drag-and-drop gesture.
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT(mAPZC);
 | 
						|
      if (aEventMessage == eMouseDoubleClick) {
 | 
						|
        aEventMessage = eMouseTouchDrag;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        return result;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Fire an observer when the user initially uses a mouse or pen.
 | 
						|
    if (sTouchInputActiveState != ePrecise) {
 | 
						|
      sTouchInputActiveState = ePrecise;
 | 
						|
      nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
 | 
						|
        mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | 
						|
      obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "precise-input-detected", nullptr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint32_t pointerId = aPointerInfo ? aPointerInfo->pointerId :
 | 
						|
                                      MOUSE_POINTERID();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Since it is unclear whether a user will use the digitizer,
 | 
						|
  // Postpone initialization until first PEN message will be found.
 | 
						|
  if (nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_PEN == aInputSource
 | 
						|
      // Messages should be only at topLevel window.
 | 
						|
      && nsWindowType::eWindowType_toplevel == mWindowType
 | 
						|
      // Currently this scheme is used only when pointer events is enabled.
 | 
						|
      && gfxPrefs::PointerEventsEnabled() && InkCollector::sInkCollector) {
 | 
						|
    InkCollector::sInkCollector->SetTarget(mWnd);
 | 
						|
    InkCollector::sInkCollector->SetPointerId(pointerId);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (aEventMessage) {
 | 
						|
    case eMouseDown:
 | 
						|
      CaptureMouse(true);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // eMouseMove and eMouseExitFromWidget are here because we need to make
 | 
						|
    // sure capture flag isn't left on after a drag where we wouldn't see a
 | 
						|
    // button up message (see bug 324131).
 | 
						|
    case eMouseUp:
 | 
						|
    case eMouseMove:
 | 
						|
    case eMouseExitFromWidget:
 | 
						|
      if (!(wParam & (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON)) && sIsInMouseCapture)
 | 
						|
        CaptureMouse(false);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  } // switch
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  WidgetMouseEvent event(true, aEventMessage, this, WidgetMouseEvent::eReal,
 | 
						|
                         aIsContextMenuKey ? WidgetMouseEvent::eContextMenuKey :
 | 
						|
                                             WidgetMouseEvent::eNormal);
 | 
						|
  if (aEventMessage == eContextMenu && aIsContextMenuKey) {
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntPoint zero(0, 0);
 | 
						|
    InitEvent(event, &zero);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    InitEvent(event, &eventPoint);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
  modifierKeyState.InitInputEvent(event);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // eContextMenu with Shift state is special.  It won't fire "contextmenu"
 | 
						|
  // event in the web content for blocking web content to prevent its default.
 | 
						|
  // However, Shift+F10 is a standard shortcut key on Windows.  Therefore,
 | 
						|
  // this should not block web page to prevent its default.  I.e., it should
 | 
						|
  // behave same as ContextMenu key without Shift key.
 | 
						|
  // XXX Should we allow to block web page to prevent its default with
 | 
						|
  //     Ctrl+Shift+F10 or Alt+Shift+F10 instead?
 | 
						|
  if (aEventMessage == eContextMenu && aIsContextMenuKey && event.IsShift() &&
 | 
						|
      NativeKey::LastKeyMSG().message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN &&
 | 
						|
      NativeKey::LastKeyMSG().wParam == VK_F10) {
 | 
						|
    event.mModifiers &= ~MODIFIER_SHIFT;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  event.button    = aButton;
 | 
						|
  event.inputSource = aInputSource;
 | 
						|
  if (aPointerInfo) {
 | 
						|
    // Mouse events from Windows WM_POINTER*. Fill more information in
 | 
						|
    // WidgetMouseEvent.
 | 
						|
    event.AssignPointerHelperData(*aPointerInfo);
 | 
						|
    event.pressure = aPointerInfo->mPressure;
 | 
						|
    event.buttons = aPointerInfo->mButtons;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // If we get here the mouse events must be from non-touch sources, so
 | 
						|
    // convert it to pointer events as well
 | 
						|
    event.convertToPointer = true;
 | 
						|
    event.pointerId = pointerId;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool insideMovementThreshold = (DeprecatedAbs(sLastMousePoint.x - eventPoint.x) < (short)::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXDOUBLECLK)) &&
 | 
						|
                                   (DeprecatedAbs(sLastMousePoint.y - eventPoint.y) < (short)::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYDOUBLECLK));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BYTE eventButton;
 | 
						|
  switch (aButton) {
 | 
						|
    case WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton:
 | 
						|
      eventButton = VK_LBUTTON;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton:
 | 
						|
      eventButton = VK_MBUTTON;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton:
 | 
						|
      eventButton = VK_RBUTTON;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      eventButton = 0;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Doubleclicks are used to set the click count, then changed to mousedowns
 | 
						|
  // We're going to time double-clicks from mouse *up* to next mouse *down*
 | 
						|
  LONG curMsgTime = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (aEventMessage) {
 | 
						|
    case eMouseDoubleClick:
 | 
						|
      event.mMessage = eMouseDown;
 | 
						|
      event.button = aButton;
 | 
						|
      sLastClickCount = 2;
 | 
						|
      sLastMouseDownTime = curMsgTime;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseUp:
 | 
						|
      // remember when this happened for the next mouse down
 | 
						|
      sLastMousePoint.x = eventPoint.x;
 | 
						|
      sLastMousePoint.y = eventPoint.y;
 | 
						|
      sLastMouseButton = eventButton;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseDown:
 | 
						|
      // now look to see if we want to convert this to a double- or triple-click
 | 
						|
      if (((curMsgTime - sLastMouseDownTime) < (LONG)::GetDoubleClickTime()) &&
 | 
						|
          insideMovementThreshold &&
 | 
						|
          eventButton == sLastMouseButton) {
 | 
						|
        sLastClickCount ++;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // reset the click count, to count *this* click
 | 
						|
        sLastClickCount = 1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // Set last Click time on MouseDown only
 | 
						|
      sLastMouseDownTime = curMsgTime;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseMove:
 | 
						|
      if (!insideMovementThreshold) {
 | 
						|
        sLastClickCount = 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseExitFromWidget:
 | 
						|
      event.mExitFrom =
 | 
						|
        IsTopLevelMouseExit(mWnd) ? WidgetMouseEvent::eTopLevel :
 | 
						|
                                    WidgetMouseEvent::eChild;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  event.mClickCount = sLastClickCount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef NS_DEBUG_XX
 | 
						|
  MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info,
 | 
						|
         ("Msg Time: %d Click Count: %d\n", curMsgTime, event.mClickCount));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NPEvent pluginEvent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (aEventMessage) {
 | 
						|
    case eMouseDown:
 | 
						|
      switch (aButton) {
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_LBUTTONDOWN;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseUp:
 | 
						|
      switch (aButton) {
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_LBUTTONUP;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_MBUTTONUP;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_RBUTTONUP;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseDoubleClick:
 | 
						|
      switch (aButton) {
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton:
 | 
						|
          pluginEvent.event = WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseMove:
 | 
						|
      pluginEvent.event = WM_MOUSEMOVE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case eMouseExitFromWidget:
 | 
						|
      pluginEvent.event = WM_MOUSELEAVE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      pluginEvent.event = WM_NULL;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  pluginEvent.wParam = wParam;     // plugins NEED raw OS event flags!
 | 
						|
  pluginEvent.lParam = lParam;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  event.mPluginEvent.Copy(pluginEvent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // call the event callback
 | 
						|
  if (mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    if (aEventMessage == eMouseMove) {
 | 
						|
      LayoutDeviceIntRect rect = GetBounds();
 | 
						|
      rect.x = 0;
 | 
						|
      rect.y = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (rect.Contains(event.mRefPoint)) {
 | 
						|
        if (sCurrentWindow == nullptr || sCurrentWindow != this) {
 | 
						|
          if ((nullptr != sCurrentWindow) && (!sCurrentWindow->mInDtor)) {
 | 
						|
            LPARAM pos = sCurrentWindow->lParamToClient(lParamToScreen(lParam));
 | 
						|
            sCurrentWindow->DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseExitFromWidget,
 | 
						|
                                               wParam, pos, false, 
 | 
						|
                                               WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                               aInputSource, aPointerInfo);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          sCurrentWindow = this;
 | 
						|
          if (!mInDtor) {
 | 
						|
            LPARAM pos = sCurrentWindow->lParamToClient(lParamToScreen(lParam));
 | 
						|
            sCurrentWindow->DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseEnterIntoWidget,
 | 
						|
                                               wParam, pos, false,
 | 
						|
                                               WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                               aInputSource, aPointerInfo);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (aEventMessage == eMouseExitFromWidget) {
 | 
						|
      sMouseExitwParam = wParam;
 | 
						|
      sMouseExitlParamScreen = lParamToScreen(lParam);
 | 
						|
      if (sCurrentWindow == this) {
 | 
						|
        sCurrentWindow = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    result = ConvertStatus(DispatchInputEvent(&event));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Release the widget with NS_IF_RELEASE() just in case
 | 
						|
    // the context menu key code in EventListenerManager::HandleEvent()
 | 
						|
    // released it already.
 | 
						|
    return result;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(bool aIsActivate)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aIsActivate)
 | 
						|
    sJustGotActivate = false;
 | 
						|
  sJustGotDeactivate = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // retrive the toplevel window or dialog
 | 
						|
  HWND curWnd = mWnd;
 | 
						|
  HWND toplevelWnd = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  while (curWnd) {
 | 
						|
    toplevelWnd = curWnd;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nsWindow *win = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(curWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (win) {
 | 
						|
      nsWindowType wintype = win->WindowType();
 | 
						|
      if (wintype == eWindowType_toplevel || wintype == eWindowType_dialog)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    curWnd = ::GetParent(curWnd); // Parent or owner (if has no parent)
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (toplevelWnd) {
 | 
						|
    nsWindow *win = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(toplevelWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (win && win->mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
      if (aIsActivate) {
 | 
						|
        win->mWidgetListener->WindowActivated();
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (!win->BlurEventsSuppressed()) {
 | 
						|
          win->mWidgetListener->WindowDeactivated();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::IsTopLevelMouseExit(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DWORD pos = ::GetMessagePos();
 | 
						|
  POINT mp;
 | 
						|
  mp.x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
  mp.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
  HWND mouseWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(mp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND() will return a HWND for the window frame
 | 
						|
  // (which includes the non-client area).  If the mouse has moved into
 | 
						|
  // the non-client area, we should treat it as a top-level exit.
 | 
						|
  HWND mouseTopLevel = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mouseWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (mouseWnd == mouseTopLevel)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(aWnd) != mouseTopLevel;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::BlurEventsSuppressed()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // are they suppressed in this window?
 | 
						|
  if (mBlurSuppressLevel > 0)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // are they suppressed by any container widget?
 | 
						|
  HWND parentWnd = ::GetParent(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  if (parentWnd) {
 | 
						|
    nsWindow *parent = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(parentWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (parent)
 | 
						|
      return parent->BlurEventsSuppressed();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// In some circumstances (opening dependent windows) it makes more sense
 | 
						|
// (and fixes a crash bug) to not blur the parent window. Called from
 | 
						|
// nsFilePicker.
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SuppressBlurEvents(bool aSuppress)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aSuppress)
 | 
						|
    ++mBlurSuppressLevel; // for this widget
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(mBlurSuppressLevel > 0, "unbalanced blur event suppression");
 | 
						|
    if (mBlurSuppressLevel > 0)
 | 
						|
      --mBlurSuppressLevel;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::ConvertStatus(nsEventStatus aStatus)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return aStatus == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: IPC
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * IPC related helpers.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// static
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::IsAsyncResponseEvent(UINT aMsg, LRESULT& aResult)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch(aMsg) {
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETFOCUS:
 | 
						|
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
 | 
						|
    case WM_ENABLE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
 | 
						|
    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
 | 
						|
    case WM_PARENTNOTIFY:
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_CHILDACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_IME_SETCONTEXT:
 | 
						|
    case WM_IME_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
 | 
						|
    case WM_CANCELMODE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
 | 
						|
      aResult = 0;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETCURSOR:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
  char szBuf[200];
 | 
						|
  sprintf(szBuf,
 | 
						|
    "An unhandled ISMEX_SEND message was received during spin loop! (%X)", aMsg);
 | 
						|
  NS_WARNING(szBuf);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::IPCWindowProcHandler(UINT& msg, WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  MOZ_ASSERT_IF(msg != WM_GETOBJECT,
 | 
						|
                !mozilla::ipc::MessageChannel::IsPumpingMessages() ||
 | 
						|
                mozilla::ipc::SuppressedNeuteringRegion::IsNeuteringSuppressed());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Modal UI being displayed in windowless plugins.
 | 
						|
  if (mozilla::ipc::MessageChannel::IsSpinLoopActive() &&
 | 
						|
      (InSendMessageEx(nullptr) & (ISMEX_REPLIED|ISMEX_SEND)) == ISMEX_SEND) {
 | 
						|
    LRESULT res;
 | 
						|
    if (IsAsyncResponseEvent(msg, res)) {
 | 
						|
      ReplyMessage(res);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle certain sync plugin events sent to the parent which
 | 
						|
  // trigger ipc calls that result in deadlocks.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DWORD dwResult = 0;
 | 
						|
  bool handled = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch(msg) {
 | 
						|
    // Windowless flash sending WM_ACTIVATE events to the main window
 | 
						|
    // via calls to ShowWindow.
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      if (lParam != 0 && LOWORD(wParam) == WA_ACTIVE &&
 | 
						|
          IsWindow((HWND)lParam)) {
 | 
						|
        // Check for Adobe Reader X sync activate message from their
 | 
						|
        // helper window and ignore. Fixes an annoying focus problem.
 | 
						|
        if ((InSendMessageEx(nullptr) & (ISMEX_REPLIED|ISMEX_SEND)) == ISMEX_SEND) {
 | 
						|
          wchar_t szClass[10];
 | 
						|
          HWND focusWnd = (HWND)lParam;
 | 
						|
          if (IsWindowVisible(focusWnd) &&
 | 
						|
              GetClassNameW(focusWnd, szClass,
 | 
						|
                            sizeof(szClass)/sizeof(char16_t)) &&
 | 
						|
              !wcscmp(szClass, L"Edit") &&
 | 
						|
              !WinUtils::IsOurProcessWindow(focusWnd)) {
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        handled = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    // Plugins taking or losing focus triggering focus app messages.
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETFOCUS:
 | 
						|
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
 | 
						|
    // Windowed plugins that pass sys key events to defwndproc generate
 | 
						|
    // WM_SYSCOMMAND events to the main window.
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
 | 
						|
    // Windowed plugins that fire context menu selection events to parent
 | 
						|
    // windows.
 | 
						|
    case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
 | 
						|
    // IME events fired as a result of synchronous focus changes
 | 
						|
    case WM_IME_SETCONTEXT:
 | 
						|
      handled = true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (handled &&
 | 
						|
      (InSendMessageEx(nullptr) & (ISMEX_REPLIED|ISMEX_SEND)) == ISMEX_SEND) {
 | 
						|
    ReplyMessage(dwResult);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Native events
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Main Windows message handlers and OnXXX handlers for
 | 
						|
 ** Windows event handling.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Wind proc.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The main Windows event procedures and associated
 | 
						|
 * message processing methods.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
DisplaySystemMenu(HWND hWnd, nsSizeMode sizeMode, bool isRtl, int32_t x, int32_t y)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HMENU hMenu = GetSystemMenu(hWnd, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  if (hMenu) {
 | 
						|
    MENUITEMINFO mii;
 | 
						|
    mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
 | 
						|
    mii.fMask = MIIM_STATE;
 | 
						|
    mii.fType = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // update the options
 | 
						|
    mii.fState = MF_ENABLED;
 | 
						|
    SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_RESTORE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
    SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_SIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
    SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MOVE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
    SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MAXIMIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
    SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MINIMIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mii.fState = MF_GRAYED;
 | 
						|
    switch(sizeMode) {
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Fullscreen:
 | 
						|
        // intentional fall through
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Maximized:
 | 
						|
        SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_SIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
        SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MOVE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
        SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MAXIMIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Minimized:
 | 
						|
        SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_MINIMIZE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Normal:
 | 
						|
        SetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, SC_RESTORE, FALSE, &mii);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    LPARAM cmd =
 | 
						|
      TrackPopupMenu(hMenu,
 | 
						|
                     (TPM_LEFTBUTTON|TPM_RIGHTBUTTON|
 | 
						|
                      TPM_RETURNCMD|TPM_TOPALIGN|
 | 
						|
                      (isRtl ? TPM_RIGHTALIGN : TPM_LEFTALIGN)),
 | 
						|
                     x, y, 0, hWnd, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    if (cmd) {
 | 
						|
      PostMessage(hWnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, cmd, 0);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline static mozilla::HangMonitor::ActivityType ActivityTypeForMessage(UINT msg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if ((msg >= WM_KEYFIRST && msg <= WM_IME_KEYLAST) ||
 | 
						|
      (msg >= WM_MOUSEFIRST && msg <= WM_MOUSELAST) ||
 | 
						|
      (msg >= MOZ_WM_MOUSEWHEEL_FIRST && msg <= MOZ_WM_MOUSEWHEEL_LAST) ||
 | 
						|
      (msg >= NS_WM_IMEFIRST && msg <= NS_WM_IMELAST)) {
 | 
						|
    return mozilla::HangMonitor::kUIActivity;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This may not actually be right, but we don't want to reset the timer if
 | 
						|
  // we're not actually processing a UI message.
 | 
						|
  return mozilla::HangMonitor::kActivityUIAVail;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// The WndProc procedure for all nsWindows in this toolkit. This merely catches
 | 
						|
// exceptions and passes the real work to WindowProcInternal. See bug 587406
 | 
						|
// and http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms633573%28VS.85%29.aspx
 | 
						|
LRESULT CALLBACK nsWindow::WindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mozilla::ipc::CancelCPOWs();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HangMonitor::NotifyActivity(ActivityTypeForMessage(msg));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return mozilla::CallWindowProcCrashProtected(WindowProcInternal, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LRESULT CALLBACK nsWindow::WindowProcInternal(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (::GetWindowLongPtrW(hWnd, GWLP_ID) == eFakeTrackPointScrollableID) {
 | 
						|
    // This message was sent to the FAKETRACKPOINTSCROLLABLE.
 | 
						|
    if (msg == WM_HSCROLL) {
 | 
						|
      // Route WM_HSCROLL messages to the main window.
 | 
						|
      hWnd = ::GetParent(::GetParent(hWnd));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Handle all other messages with its original window procedure.
 | 
						|
      WNDPROC prevWindowProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
 | 
						|
      return ::CallWindowProcW(prevWindowProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (msg == MOZ_WM_TRACE) {
 | 
						|
    // This is a tracer event for measuring event loop latency.
 | 
						|
    // See WidgetTraceEvent.cpp for more details.
 | 
						|
    mozilla::SignalTracerThread();
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Get the window which caused the event and ask it to process the message
 | 
						|
  nsWindow *targetWindow = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(hWnd);
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(targetWindow, "nsWindow* is null!");
 | 
						|
  if (!targetWindow)
 | 
						|
    return ::DefWindowProcW(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Hold the window for the life of this method, in case it gets
 | 
						|
  // destroyed during processing, unless we're in the dtor already.
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> kungFuDeathGrip;
 | 
						|
  if (!targetWindow->mInDtor)
 | 
						|
    kungFuDeathGrip = targetWindow;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  targetWindow->IPCWindowProcHandler(msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Create this here so that we store the last rolled up popup until after
 | 
						|
  // the event has been processed.
 | 
						|
  nsAutoRollup autoRollup;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LRESULT popupHandlingResult;
 | 
						|
  if (DealWithPopups(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam, &popupHandlingResult))
 | 
						|
    return popupHandlingResult;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Call ProcessMessage
 | 
						|
  LRESULT retValue;
 | 
						|
  if (targetWindow->ProcessMessage(msg, wParam, lParam, &retValue)) {
 | 
						|
    return retValue;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LRESULT res = ::CallWindowProcW(targetWindow->GetPrevWindowProc(),
 | 
						|
                                  hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return res;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// The main windows message processing method for plugins.
 | 
						|
// The result means whether this method processed the native
 | 
						|
// event for plugin. If false, the native event should be
 | 
						|
// processed by the caller self.
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ProcessMessageForPlugin(const MSG &aMsg,
 | 
						|
                                  MSGResult& aResult)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  aResult.mResult = 0;
 | 
						|
  aResult.mConsumed = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool eventDispatched = false;
 | 
						|
  switch (aMsg.message) {
 | 
						|
    case WM_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSCHAR:
 | 
						|
      aResult.mResult = ProcessCharMessage(aMsg, &eventDispatched);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYUP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
 | 
						|
      aResult.mResult = ProcessKeyUpMessage(aMsg, &eventDispatched);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
 | 
						|
      aResult.mResult = ProcessKeyDownMessage(aMsg, &eventDispatched);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_DEADCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_CUT:
 | 
						|
    case WM_COPY:
 | 
						|
    case WM_PASTE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_CLEAR:
 | 
						|
    case WM_UNDO:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!eventDispatched) {
 | 
						|
    aResult.mConsumed = nsWindowBase::DispatchPluginEvent(aMsg);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!Destroyed()) {
 | 
						|
    DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void ForceFontUpdate()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // update device context font cache
 | 
						|
  // Dirty but easiest way:
 | 
						|
  // Changing nsIPrefBranch entry which triggers callbacks
 | 
						|
  // and flows into calling mDeviceContext->FlushFontCache()
 | 
						|
  // to update the font cache in all the instance of Browsers
 | 
						|
  static const char kPrefName[] = "font.internaluseonly.changed";
 | 
						|
  bool fontInternalChange =
 | 
						|
    Preferences::GetBool(kPrefName, false);
 | 
						|
  Preferences::SetBool(kPrefName, !fontInternalChange);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool CleartypeSettingChanged()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static int currentQuality = -1;
 | 
						|
  BYTE quality = cairo_win32_get_system_text_quality();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (currentQuality == quality)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (currentQuality < 0) {
 | 
						|
    currentQuality = quality;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  currentQuality = quality;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ExternalHandlerProcessMessage(UINT aMessage,
 | 
						|
                                        WPARAM& aWParam,
 | 
						|
                                        LPARAM& aLParam,
 | 
						|
                                        MSGResult& aResult)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowHook.Notify(mWnd, aMessage, aWParam, aLParam, aResult)) {
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (IMEHandler::ProcessMessage(this, aMessage, aWParam, aLParam, aResult)) {
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (MouseScrollHandler::ProcessMessage(this, aMessage, aWParam, aLParam,
 | 
						|
                                         aResult)) {
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PluginHasFocus()) {
 | 
						|
    MSG nativeMsg = WinUtils::InitMSG(aMessage, aWParam, aLParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (ProcessMessageForPlugin(nativeMsg, aResult)) {
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * the _exit() call is not a safe way to terminate your own process on
 | 
						|
 * Windows, because _exit runs DLL detach callbacks which run static
 | 
						|
 * destructors for xul.dll.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This method terminates the current process without those issues.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
ExitThisProcessSafely()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HANDLE process = GetCurrentProcess();
 | 
						|
  if (TerminateProcess(GetCurrentProcess(), 0)) {
 | 
						|
    // TerminateProcess is asynchronous, so we wait on our own process handle
 | 
						|
    WaitForSingleObject(process, INFINITE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  MOZ_CRASH("Just in case extremis crash in ExitThisProcessSafely.");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// The main windows message processing method.
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ProcessMessage(UINT msg, WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam,
 | 
						|
                         LRESULT *aRetValue)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(EVENT_DEBUG_OUTPUT)
 | 
						|
  // First param shows all events, second param indicates whether
 | 
						|
  // to show mouse move events. See nsWindowDbg for details.
 | 
						|
  PrintEvent(msg, SHOW_REPEAT_EVENTS, SHOW_MOUSEMOVE_EVENTS);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MSGResult msgResult(aRetValue);
 | 
						|
  if (ExternalHandlerProcessMessage(msg, wParam, lParam, msgResult)) {
 | 
						|
    return (msgResult.mConsumed || !mWnd);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool result = false;    // call the default nsWindow proc
 | 
						|
  *aRetValue = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Glass hit testing w/custom transparent margins
 | 
						|
  LRESULT dwmHitResult;
 | 
						|
  if (mCustomNonClient &&
 | 
						|
      nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor() &&
 | 
						|
      /* We don't do this for win10 glass with a custom titlebar,
 | 
						|
       * in order to avoid the caption buttons breaking. */
 | 
						|
      !(IsWin10OrLater() && HasGlass()) &&
 | 
						|
      DwmDefWindowProc(mWnd, msg, wParam, lParam, &dwmHitResult)) {
 | 
						|
    *aRetValue = dwmHitResult;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // (Large blocks of code should be broken out into OnEvent handlers.)
 | 
						|
  switch (msg) {
 | 
						|
    // WM_QUERYENDSESSION must be handled by all windows.
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise Windows thinks the window can just be killed at will.
 | 
						|
    case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
 | 
						|
      if (sCanQuit == TRI_UNKNOWN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        // Ask if it's ok to quit, and store the answer until we
 | 
						|
        // get WM_ENDSESSION signaling the round is complete.
 | 
						|
        nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
 | 
						|
          mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | 
						|
        nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> cancelQuit =
 | 
						|
          do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CONTRACTID);
 | 
						|
        cancelQuit->SetData(false);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(cancelQuit, "quit-application-requested", nullptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        bool abortQuit;
 | 
						|
        cancelQuit->GetData(&abortQuit);
 | 
						|
        sCanQuit = abortQuit ? TRI_FALSE : TRI_TRUE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = sCanQuit ? TRUE : FALSE;
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case MOZ_WM_STARTA11Y:
 | 
						|
#if defined(ACCESSIBILITY)
 | 
						|
      (void*)GetAccessible();
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
      result = false;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_ENDSESSION:
 | 
						|
    case MOZ_WM_APP_QUIT:
 | 
						|
      if (msg == MOZ_WM_APP_QUIT || (wParam == TRUE && sCanQuit == TRI_TRUE))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        // Let's fake a shutdown sequence without actually closing windows etc.
 | 
						|
        // to avoid Windows killing us in the middle. A proper shutdown would
 | 
						|
        // require having a chance to pump some messages. Unfortunately
 | 
						|
        // Windows won't let us do that. Bug 212316.
 | 
						|
        nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
 | 
						|
          mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | 
						|
        const char16_t* context = u"shutdown-persist";
 | 
						|
        const char16_t* syncShutdown = u"syncShutdown";
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "quit-application-granted", syncShutdown);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "quit-application-forced", nullptr);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "quit-application", nullptr);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "profile-change-net-teardown", context);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "profile-change-teardown", context);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "profile-before-change", context);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "profile-before-change-qm", context);
 | 
						|
        obsServ->NotifyObservers(nullptr, "profile-before-change-telemetry", context);
 | 
						|
        ExitThisProcessSafely();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      sCanQuit = TRI_UNKNOWN;
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
 | 
						|
      OnSysColorChanged();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_THEMECHANGED:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      // Update non-client margin offsets 
 | 
						|
      UpdateNonClientMargins();
 | 
						|
      nsUXThemeData::UpdateNativeThemeInfo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      NotifyThemeChanged();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Invalidate the window so that the repaint will
 | 
						|
      // pick up the new theme.
 | 
						|
      Invalidate(true, true, true);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (wParam) {
 | 
						|
        case WTS_CONSOLE_CONNECT:
 | 
						|
        case WTS_REMOTE_CONNECT:
 | 
						|
        case WTS_SESSION_UNLOCK:
 | 
						|
          // When a session becomes visible, we should invalidate.
 | 
						|
          Invalidate(true, true, true);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_FONTCHANGE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      // We only handle this message for the hidden window,
 | 
						|
      // as we only need to update the (global) font list once
 | 
						|
      // for any given change, not once per window!
 | 
						|
      if (mWindowType != eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      nsresult rv;
 | 
						|
      bool didChange = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // update the global font list
 | 
						|
      nsCOMPtr<nsIFontEnumerator> fontEnum = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/gfx/fontenumerator;1", &rv);
 | 
						|
      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | 
						|
        fontEnum->UpdateFontList(&didChange);
 | 
						|
        ForceFontUpdate();
 | 
						|
      } //if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (wParam == SPI_SETKEYBOARDDELAY) {
 | 
						|
        // CaretBlinkTime is cached in nsLookAndFeel
 | 
						|
        NotifyThemeChanged();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (lParam) {
 | 
						|
        auto lParamString = reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t*>(lParam);
 | 
						|
        if (!wcscmp(lParamString, L"ImmersiveColorSet")) {
 | 
						|
          // WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE is not dispatched for accent color changes
 | 
						|
          OnSysColorChanged();
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (IsWin10OrLater() && mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
          if (!wcscmp(lParamString, L"UserInteractionMode")) {
 | 
						|
            nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsUIUtils> uiUtils(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/windows-ui-utils;1"));
 | 
						|
            if (uiUtils) {
 | 
						|
              uiUtils->UpdateTabletModeState();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCCALCSIZE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (mCustomNonClient) {
 | 
						|
        // If `wParam` is `FALSE`, `lParam` points to a `RECT` that contains
 | 
						|
        // the proposed window rectangle for our window.  During our
 | 
						|
        // processing of the `WM_NCCALCSIZE` message, we are expected to
 | 
						|
        // modify the `RECT` that `lParam` points to, so that its value upon
 | 
						|
        // our return is the new client area.  We must return 0 if `wParam`
 | 
						|
        // is `FALSE`.
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // If `wParam` is `TRUE`, `lParam` points to a `NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS`
 | 
						|
        // struct.  This struct contains an array of 3 `RECT`s, the first of
 | 
						|
        // which has the exact same meaning as the `RECT` that is pointed to
 | 
						|
        // by `lParam` when `wParam` is `FALSE`.  The remaining `RECT`s, in
 | 
						|
        // conjunction with our return value, can
 | 
						|
        // be used to specify portions of the source and destination window
 | 
						|
        // rectangles that are valid and should be preserved.  We opt not to
 | 
						|
        // implement an elaborate client-area preservation technique, and
 | 
						|
        // simply return 0, which means "preserve the entire old client area
 | 
						|
        // and align it with the upper-left corner of our new client area".
 | 
						|
        RECT *clientRect = wParam
 | 
						|
                         ? &(reinterpret_cast<NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS*>(lParam))->rgrc[0]
 | 
						|
                         : (reinterpret_cast<RECT*>(lParam));
 | 
						|
        double scale = WinUtils::IsPerMonitorDPIAware()
 | 
						|
          ? WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd) / WinUtils::SystemScaleFactor()
 | 
						|
          : 1.0;
 | 
						|
        clientRect->top +=
 | 
						|
          NSToIntRound((mCaptionHeight - mNonClientOffset.top) * scale);
 | 
						|
        clientRect->left +=
 | 
						|
          NSToIntRound((mHorResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.left) * scale);
 | 
						|
        clientRect->right -=
 | 
						|
          NSToIntRound((mHorResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.right) * scale);
 | 
						|
        clientRect->bottom -=
 | 
						|
          NSToIntRound((mVertResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.bottom) * scale);
 | 
						|
        // Make client rect's width and height more than 0 to
 | 
						|
        // avoid problems of webrender and angle.
 | 
						|
        clientRect->right = std::max(clientRect->right, clientRect->left + 1);
 | 
						|
        clientRect->bottom = std::max(clientRect->bottom, clientRect->top + 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCHITTEST:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (mMouseTransparent) {
 | 
						|
        // Treat this window as transparent.
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = HTTRANSPARENT;
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * If an nc client area margin has been moved, we are responsible
 | 
						|
       * for calculating where the resize margins are and returning the
 | 
						|
       * appropriate set of hit test constants. DwmDefWindowProc (above)
 | 
						|
       * will handle hit testing on it's command buttons if we are on a
 | 
						|
       * composited desktop.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!mCustomNonClient)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue =
 | 
						|
        ClientMarginHitTestPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETTEXT:
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * WM_SETTEXT paints the titlebar area. Avoid this if we have a
 | 
						|
       * custom titlebar we paint ourselves, or if we're the ones
 | 
						|
       * sending the message with an updated title
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if ((mSendingSetText && nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor()) ||
 | 
						|
          !mCustomNonClient || mNonClientMargins.top == -1)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        // From msdn, the way around this is to disable the visible state
 | 
						|
        // temporarily. We need the text to be set but we don't want the
 | 
						|
        // redraw to occur. However, we need to make sure that we don't
 | 
						|
        // do this at the same time that a Present is happening.
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // To do this we take mPresentLock in nsWindow::PreRender and
 | 
						|
        // if that lock is taken we wait before doing WM_SETTEXT
 | 
						|
        if (mCompositorWidgetDelegate) {
 | 
						|
          mCompositorWidgetDelegate->EnterPresentLock();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        DWORD style = GetWindowLong(mWnd, GWL_STYLE);
 | 
						|
        SetWindowLong(mWnd, GWL_STYLE, style & ~WS_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = CallWindowProcW(GetPrevWindowProc(), mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                     msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
        SetWindowLong(mWnd, GWL_STYLE, style);
 | 
						|
        if (mCompositorWidgetDelegate) {
 | 
						|
          mCompositorWidgetDelegate->LeavePresentLock();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * WM_NCACTIVATE paints nc areas. Avoid this and re-route painting
 | 
						|
       * through WM_NCPAINT via InvalidateNonClientRegion.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      UpdateGetWindowInfoCaptionStatus(FALSE != wParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!mCustomNonClient)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // There is a case that rendered result is not kept. Bug 1237617
 | 
						|
      if (wParam == TRUE &&
 | 
						|
          !gfxEnv::DisableForcePresent() &&
 | 
						|
          gfxWindowsPlatform::GetPlatform()->DwmCompositionEnabled()) {
 | 
						|
        NS_DispatchToMainThread(NewRunnableMethod("nsWindow::ForcePresent",
 | 
						|
                                                  this, &nsWindow::ForcePresent));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // let the dwm handle nc painting on glass
 | 
						|
      // Never allow native painting if we are on fullscreen
 | 
						|
      if(mSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Fullscreen &&
 | 
						|
         nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (wParam == TRUE) {
 | 
						|
        // going active
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = FALSE; // ignored
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
        // invalidate to trigger a paint
 | 
						|
        InvalidateNonClientRegion();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // going inactive
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = TRUE; // go ahead and deactive
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
        // invalidate to trigger a paint
 | 
						|
        InvalidateNonClientRegion();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCPAINT:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * Reset the non-client paint region so that it excludes the
 | 
						|
       * non-client areas we paint manually. Then call defwndproc
 | 
						|
       * to do the actual painting.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!mCustomNonClient)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // let the dwm handle nc painting on glass
 | 
						|
      if(nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      HRGN paintRgn = ExcludeNonClientFromPaintRegion((HRGN)wParam);
 | 
						|
      LRESULT res = CallWindowProcW(GetPrevWindowProc(), mWnd,
 | 
						|
                                    msg, (WPARAM)paintRgn, lParam);
 | 
						|
      if (paintRgn != (HRGN)wParam)
 | 
						|
        DeleteObject(paintRgn);
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = res;
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_POWERBROADCAST:
 | 
						|
      switch (wParam)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        case PBT_APMSUSPEND:
 | 
						|
          PostSleepWakeNotification(true);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC:
 | 
						|
        case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL:
 | 
						|
        case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND:
 | 
						|
          PostSleepWakeNotification(false);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_CLOSE: // close request
 | 
						|
      if (mWidgetListener)
 | 
						|
        mWidgetListener->RequestWindowClose(this);
 | 
						|
      result = true; // abort window closure
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_DESTROY:
 | 
						|
      // clean up.
 | 
						|
      DestroyLayerManager();
 | 
						|
      OnDestroy();
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_PAINT:
 | 
						|
      if (CleartypeSettingChanged()) {
 | 
						|
        ForceFontUpdate();
 | 
						|
        gfxFontCache *fc = gfxFontCache::GetCache();
 | 
						|
        if (fc) {
 | 
						|
          fc->Flush();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = (int) OnPaint(nullptr, 0);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_PRINTCLIENT:
 | 
						|
      result = OnPaint((HDC) wParam, 0);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_HOTKEY:
 | 
						|
      result = OnHotKey(wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case WM_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      MSG nativeMsg = WinUtils::InitMSG(msg, wParam, lParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      result = ProcessCharMessage(nativeMsg, nullptr);
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYUP:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      MSG nativeMsg = WinUtils::InitMSG(msg, wParam, lParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      nativeMsg.time = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
      result = ProcessKeyUpMessage(nativeMsg, nullptr);
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      MSG nativeMsg = WinUtils::InitMSG(msg, wParam, lParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      result = ProcessKeyDownMessage(nativeMsg, nullptr);
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // say we've dealt with erase background if widget does
 | 
						|
    // not need auto-erasing
 | 
						|
    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
 | 
						|
      if (!AutoErase((HDC)wParam)) {
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = 1;
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!mMousePresent && !sIsInMouseCapture) {
 | 
						|
        // First MOUSEMOVE over the client area. Ask for MOUSELEAVE
 | 
						|
        TRACKMOUSEEVENT mTrack;
 | 
						|
        mTrack.cbSize = sizeof(TRACKMOUSEEVENT);
 | 
						|
        mTrack.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
 | 
						|
        mTrack.dwHoverTime = 0;
 | 
						|
        mTrack.hwndTrack = mWnd;
 | 
						|
        TrackMouseEvent(&mTrack);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      mMousePresent = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Suppress dispatch of pending events
 | 
						|
      // when mouse moves are generated by widget
 | 
						|
      // creation instead of user input.
 | 
						|
      LPARAM lParamScreen = lParamToScreen(lParam);
 | 
						|
      POINT mp;
 | 
						|
      mp.x      = GET_X_LPARAM(lParamScreen);
 | 
						|
      mp.y      = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParamScreen);
 | 
						|
      bool userMovedMouse = false;
 | 
						|
      if ((sLastMouseMovePoint.x != mp.x) || (sLastMouseMovePoint.y != mp.y)) {
 | 
						|
        userMovedMouse = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseMove, wParam, lParam,
 | 
						|
                                  false, WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE(),
 | 
						|
                                  mPointerEvents.GetCachedPointerInfo(msg, wParam));
 | 
						|
      if (userMovedMouse) {
 | 
						|
        DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
 | 
						|
      // If we receive a mouse move event on non-client chrome, make sure and
 | 
						|
      // send an eMouseExitFromWidget event as well.
 | 
						|
      if (mMousePresent && !sIsInMouseCapture)
 | 
						|
        SendMessage(mWnd, WM_MOUSELEAVE, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDown, wParam, lParam,
 | 
						|
                                  false, WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE(),
 | 
						|
                                  mPointerEvents.GetCachedPointerInfo(msg, wParam));
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, wParam, lParam,
 | 
						|
                                  false, WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE(),
 | 
						|
                                  mPointerEvents.GetCachedPointerInfo(msg, wParam));
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!mMousePresent)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      mMousePresent = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // We need to check mouse button states and put them in for
 | 
						|
      // wParam.
 | 
						|
      WPARAM mouseState = (GetKeyState(VK_LBUTTON) ? MK_LBUTTON : 0)
 | 
						|
        | (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) ? MK_MBUTTON : 0)
 | 
						|
        | (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) ? MK_RBUTTON : 0);
 | 
						|
      // Synthesize an event position because we don't get one from
 | 
						|
      // WM_MOUSELEAVE.
 | 
						|
      LPARAM pos = lParamToClient(::GetMessagePos());
 | 
						|
      DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseExitFromWidget, mouseState, pos, false,
 | 
						|
                         WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                         MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case MOZ_WM_PEN_LEAVES_HOVER_OF_DIGITIZER:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      LPARAM pos = lParamToClient(::GetMessagePos());
 | 
						|
      MOZ_ASSERT(InkCollector::sInkCollector);
 | 
						|
      uint16_t pointerId = InkCollector::sInkCollector->GetPointerId();
 | 
						|
      if (pointerId != 0) {
 | 
						|
        WinPointerInfo pointerInfo;
 | 
						|
        pointerInfo.pointerId = pointerId;
 | 
						|
        DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseExitFromWidget, wParam, pos, false,
 | 
						|
                           WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                           nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_PEN, &pointerInfo);
 | 
						|
        InkCollector::sInkCollector->ClearTarget();
 | 
						|
        InkCollector::sInkCollector->ClearPointerId();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      // If the context menu is brought up by a touch long-press, then
 | 
						|
      // the APZ code is responsible for dealing with this, so we don't
 | 
						|
      // need to do anything.
 | 
						|
      if (mTouchWindow && MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE() == nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_TOUCH) {
 | 
						|
        MOZ_ASSERT(mAPZC); // since mTouchWindow is true, APZ must be enabled
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // if the context menu is brought up from the keyboard, |lParam|
 | 
						|
      // will be -1.
 | 
						|
      LPARAM pos;
 | 
						|
      bool contextMenukey = false;
 | 
						|
      if (lParam == -1)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        contextMenukey = true;
 | 
						|
        pos = lParamToClient(GetMessagePos());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        pos = lParamToClient(lParam);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eContextMenu, wParam, pos, contextMenukey,
 | 
						|
                                  contextMenukey ?
 | 
						|
                                    WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton :
 | 
						|
                                    WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      if (lParam != -1 && !result && mCustomNonClient &&
 | 
						|
          mDraggableRegion.Contains(GET_X_LPARAM(pos), GET_Y_LPARAM(pos))) {
 | 
						|
        // Blank area hit, throw up the system menu.
 | 
						|
        DisplaySystemMenu(mWnd, mSizeMode, mIsRTL, GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_POINTERLEAVE:
 | 
						|
    case WM_POINTERDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_POINTERUP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_POINTERUPDATE:
 | 
						|
      result = OnPointerEvents(msg, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
      if (result) {
 | 
						|
        DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDown, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDown, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDown, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE(),
 | 
						|
                                  mPointerEvents.GetCachedPointerInfo(msg, wParam));
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE(),
 | 
						|
                                  mPointerEvents.GetCachedPointerInfo(msg, wParam));
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, wParam,
 | 
						|
                                  lParam, false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDown, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      result = DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  lParamToClient(lParam), false,
 | 
						|
                                  WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton,
 | 
						|
                                  MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Windows doesn't provide to customize the behavior of 4th nor 5th button
 | 
						|
    // of mouse.  If 5-button mouse works with standard mouse deriver of
 | 
						|
    // Windows, users cannot disable 4th button (browser back) nor 5th button
 | 
						|
    // (browser forward).  We should allow to do it with our prefs since we can
 | 
						|
    // prevent Windows to generate WM_APPCOMMAND message if WM_XBUTTONUP
 | 
						|
    // messages are not sent to DefWindowProc.
 | 
						|
    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_XBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCXBUTTONUP:
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      switch (GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(wParam)) {
 | 
						|
        case XBUTTON1:
 | 
						|
          result = !Preferences::GetBool("mousebutton.4th.enabled", true);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        case XBUTTON2:
 | 
						|
          result = !Preferences::GetBool("mousebutton.5th.enabled", true);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SIZING:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      // When we get WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE we don't know yet if we're in a live
 | 
						|
      // resize or move event. Instead we wait for first VM_SIZING message
 | 
						|
      // within a ENTERSIZEMOVE to consider this a live resize event.
 | 
						|
      if (mResizeState == IN_SIZEMOVE) {
 | 
						|
        mResizeState = RESIZING;
 | 
						|
        NotifyLiveResizeStarted();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOVING:
 | 
						|
      FinishLiveResizing(MOVING);
 | 
						|
      if (WinUtils::IsPerMonitorDPIAware()) {
 | 
						|
        // Sometimes, we appear to miss a WM_DPICHANGED message while moving
 | 
						|
        // a window around. Therefore, call ChangedDPI and ResetLayout here
 | 
						|
        // if it appears that the window's scaling is not what we expect.
 | 
						|
        // This causes the prescontext and appshell window management code to
 | 
						|
        // check the appUnitsPerDevPixel value and current widget size, and
 | 
						|
        // refresh them if necessary. If nothing has changed, these calls will
 | 
						|
        // return without actually triggering any extra reflow or painting.
 | 
						|
        if (WinUtils::LogToPhysFactor(mWnd) != mDefaultScale) {
 | 
						|
          ChangedDPI();
 | 
						|
          ResetLayout();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (mResizeState == NOT_RESIZING) {
 | 
						|
        mResizeState = IN_SIZEMOVE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      FinishLiveResizing(NOT_RESIZING);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!sIsInMouseCapture) {
 | 
						|
        NotifySizeMoveDone();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      ScreenHelperWin::RefreshScreens();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:
 | 
						|
      DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseDoubleClick, 0, lParamToClient(lParam),
 | 
						|
                         false, WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                         MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      result = 
 | 
						|
        DispatchMouseEvent(eMouseUp, 0, lParamToClient(lParam),
 | 
						|
                           false, WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton,
 | 
						|
                           MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE());
 | 
						|
      DispatchPendingEvents();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_APPCOMMAND:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      MSG nativeMsg = WinUtils::InitMSG(msg, wParam, lParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      result = HandleAppCommandMsg(nativeMsg, aRetValue);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The WM_ACTIVATE event is fired when a window is raised or lowered,
 | 
						|
    // and the loword of wParam specifies which. But we don't want to tell
 | 
						|
    // the focus system about this until the WM_SETFOCUS or WM_KILLFOCUS
 | 
						|
    // events are fired. Instead, set either the sJustGotActivate or
 | 
						|
    // gJustGotDeactivate flags and activate/deactivate once the focus
 | 
						|
    // events arrive.
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      if (mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
        int32_t fActive = LOWORD(wParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (WA_INACTIVE == fActive) {
 | 
						|
          // when minimizing a window, the deactivation and focus events will
 | 
						|
          // be fired in the reverse order. Instead, just deactivate right away.
 | 
						|
          if (HIWORD(wParam))
 | 
						|
            DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(false);
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            sJustGotDeactivate = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (mIsTopWidgetWindow)
 | 
						|
            mLastKeyboardLayout = KeyboardLayout::GetInstance()->GetLayout();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          StopFlashing();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          sJustGotActivate = true;
 | 
						|
          WidgetMouseEvent event(true, eMouseActivate, this,
 | 
						|
                                 WidgetMouseEvent::eReal);
 | 
						|
          InitEvent(event);
 | 
						|
          ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
          modifierKeyState.InitInputEvent(event);
 | 
						|
          DispatchInputEvent(&event);
 | 
						|
          if (sSwitchKeyboardLayout && mLastKeyboardLayout)
 | 
						|
            ActivateKeyboardLayout(mLastKeyboardLayout, 0);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      // A popup with a parent owner should not be activated when clicked but
 | 
						|
      // should still allow the mouse event to be fired, so the return value
 | 
						|
      // is set to MA_NOACTIVATE. But if the owner isn't the frontmost window,
 | 
						|
      // just use default processing so that the window is activated.
 | 
						|
      if (IsPopup() && IsOwnerForegroundWindow()) {
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = MA_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      LPWINDOWPOS info = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
 | 
						|
      OnWindowPosChanging(info);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      MINMAXINFO* mmi = (MINMAXINFO*)lParam;
 | 
						|
      // Set the constraints. The minimum size should also be constrained to the
 | 
						|
      // default window maximum size so that it fits on screen.
 | 
						|
      mmi->ptMinTrackSize.x =
 | 
						|
        std::min((int32_t)mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.x,
 | 
						|
               std::max((int32_t)mmi->ptMinTrackSize.x, mSizeConstraints.mMinSize.width));
 | 
						|
      mmi->ptMinTrackSize.y =
 | 
						|
        std::min((int32_t)mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.y,
 | 
						|
        std::max((int32_t)mmi->ptMinTrackSize.y, mSizeConstraints.mMinSize.height));
 | 
						|
      mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.x = std::min((int32_t)mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.x, mSizeConstraints.mMaxSize.width);
 | 
						|
      mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.y = std::min((int32_t)mmi->ptMaxTrackSize.y, mSizeConstraints.mMaxSize.height);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SETFOCUS:
 | 
						|
      // If previous focused window isn't ours, it must have received the
 | 
						|
      // redirected message.  So, we should forget it.
 | 
						|
      if (!WinUtils::IsOurProcessWindow(HWND(wParam))) {
 | 
						|
        RedirectedKeyDownMessageManager::Forget();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (sJustGotActivate) {
 | 
						|
        DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
 | 
						|
      if (sJustGotDeactivate) {
 | 
						|
        DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(false);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WINDOWPOS* wp = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
 | 
						|
      OnWindowPosChanged(wp);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST:
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      result = false;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
 | 
						|
      KeyboardLayout::GetInstance()->
 | 
						|
        OnLayoutChange(reinterpret_cast<HKL>(lParam));
 | 
						|
      nsBidiKeyboard::OnLayoutChange();
 | 
						|
      result = false; // always pass to child window
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      nsIClipboard* clipboard;
 | 
						|
      nsresult rv = CallGetService(kCClipboardCID, &clipboard);
 | 
						|
      if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | 
						|
        clipboard->EmptyClipboard(nsIClipboard::kGlobalClipboard);
 | 
						|
        NS_RELEASE(clipboard);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | 
						|
    case WM_GETOBJECT:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = 0;
 | 
						|
      // Do explicit casting to make it working on 64bit systems (see bug 649236
 | 
						|
      // for details).
 | 
						|
      int32_t objId = static_cast<DWORD>(lParam);
 | 
						|
      if (objId == OBJID_CLIENT) { // oleacc.dll will be loaded dynamically
 | 
						|
        RefPtr<IAccessible> root(a11y::LazyInstantiator::GetRootAccessible(mWnd));
 | 
						|
        if (root) {
 | 
						|
          *aRetValue = LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, root);
 | 
						|
          a11y::LazyInstantiator::EnableBlindAggregation(mWnd);
 | 
						|
          result = true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WPARAM filteredWParam = (wParam &0xFFF0);
 | 
						|
      if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Fullscreen &&
 | 
						|
          filteredWParam == SC_RESTORE &&
 | 
						|
          GetCurrentShowCmd(mWnd) != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED) {
 | 
						|
        MakeFullScreen(false);
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Handle the system menu manually when we're in full screen mode
 | 
						|
      // so we can set the appropriate options.
 | 
						|
      if (filteredWParam == SC_KEYMENU && lParam == VK_SPACE &&
 | 
						|
          mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
        DisplaySystemMenu(mWnd, mSizeMode, mIsRTL,
 | 
						|
                          MOZ_SYSCONTEXT_X_POS,
 | 
						|
                          MOZ_SYSCONTEXT_Y_POS);
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED:
 | 
						|
    // First, update the compositor state to latest one. All other methods
 | 
						|
    // should use same state as here for consistency painting.
 | 
						|
    nsUXThemeData::CheckForCompositor(true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    UpdateNonClientMargins();
 | 
						|
    BroadcastMsg(mWnd, WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED);
 | 
						|
    NotifyThemeChanged();
 | 
						|
    UpdateGlass();
 | 
						|
    Invalidate(true, true, true);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_DPICHANGED:
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    LPRECT rect = (LPRECT) lParam;
 | 
						|
    OnDPIChanged(rect->left, rect->top, rect->right - rect->left,
 | 
						|
                 rect->bottom - rect->top);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_UPDATEUISTATE:
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // If the UI state has changed, fire an event so the UI updates the
 | 
						|
    // keyboard cues based on the system setting and how the window was
 | 
						|
    // opened. For example, a dialog opened via a keyboard press on a button
 | 
						|
    // should enable cues, whereas the same dialog opened via a mouse click of
 | 
						|
    // the button should not.
 | 
						|
    if (mWindowType == eWindowType_toplevel ||
 | 
						|
        mWindowType == eWindowType_dialog) {
 | 
						|
      int32_t action = LOWORD(wParam);
 | 
						|
      if (action == UIS_SET || action == UIS_CLEAR) {
 | 
						|
        int32_t flags = HIWORD(wParam);
 | 
						|
        UIStateChangeType showAccelerators = UIStateChangeType_NoChange;
 | 
						|
        UIStateChangeType showFocusRings = UIStateChangeType_NoChange;
 | 
						|
        if (flags & UISF_HIDEACCEL)
 | 
						|
          showAccelerators = (action == UIS_SET) ? UIStateChangeType_Clear : UIStateChangeType_Set;
 | 
						|
        if (flags & UISF_HIDEFOCUS)
 | 
						|
          showFocusRings = (action == UIS_SET) ? UIStateChangeType_Clear : UIStateChangeType_Set;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        NotifyUIStateChanged(showAccelerators, showFocusRings);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Gesture support events */
 | 
						|
  case WM_TABLET_QUERYSYSTEMGESTURESTATUS:
 | 
						|
    // According to MS samples, this must be handled to enable
 | 
						|
    // rotational support in multi-touch drivers.
 | 
						|
    result = true;
 | 
						|
    *aRetValue = TABLET_ROTATE_GESTURE_ENABLE;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_TOUCH:
 | 
						|
    result = OnTouch(wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
    if (result) {
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_GESTURE:
 | 
						|
    result = OnGesture(wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case WM_GESTURENOTIFY:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (mWindowType != eWindowType_invisible &&
 | 
						|
          !IsPlugin()) {
 | 
						|
        // A GestureNotify event is dispatched to decide which single-finger panning
 | 
						|
        // direction should be active (including none) and if pan feedback should
 | 
						|
        // be displayed. Java and plugin windows can make their own calls.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        GESTURENOTIFYSTRUCT * gestureinfo = (GESTURENOTIFYSTRUCT*)lParam;
 | 
						|
        nsPointWin touchPoint;
 | 
						|
        touchPoint = gestureinfo->ptsLocation;
 | 
						|
        touchPoint.ScreenToClient(mWnd);
 | 
						|
        WidgetGestureNotifyEvent gestureNotifyEvent(true, eGestureNotify, this);
 | 
						|
        gestureNotifyEvent.mRefPoint =
 | 
						|
          LayoutDeviceIntPoint::FromUnknownPoint(touchPoint);
 | 
						|
        nsEventStatus status;
 | 
						|
        DispatchEvent(&gestureNotifyEvent, status);
 | 
						|
        mDisplayPanFeedback = gestureNotifyEvent.mDisplayPanFeedback;
 | 
						|
        if (!mTouchWindow)
 | 
						|
          mGesture.SetWinGestureSupport(mWnd, gestureNotifyEvent.mPanDirection);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      result = false; //should always bubble to DefWindowProc
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_CLEAR:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandDelete, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_CUT:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandCut, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_COPY:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandCopy, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_PASTE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandPaste, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case EM_UNDO:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandUndo, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = (LRESULT)(command.mSucceeded && command.mIsEnabled);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case EM_REDO:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandRedo, this);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = (LRESULT)(command.mSucceeded && command.mIsEnabled);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case EM_CANPASTE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      // Support EM_CANPASTE message only when wParam isn't specified or
 | 
						|
      // is plain text format.
 | 
						|
      if (wParam == 0 || wParam == CF_TEXT || wParam == CF_UNICODETEXT) {
 | 
						|
        WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandPaste,
 | 
						|
                                          this, true);
 | 
						|
        DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
        *aRetValue = (LRESULT)(command.mSucceeded && command.mIsEnabled);
 | 
						|
        result = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case EM_CANUNDO:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandUndo, this, true);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = (LRESULT)(command.mSucceeded && command.mIsEnabled);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case EM_CANREDO:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      WidgetContentCommandEvent command(true, eContentCommandRedo, this, true);
 | 
						|
      DispatchWindowEvent(&command);
 | 
						|
      *aRetValue = (LRESULT)(command.mSucceeded && command.mIsEnabled);
 | 
						|
      result = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case MOZ_WM_SKEWFIX:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TimeStamp skewStamp;
 | 
						|
      if (CurrentWindowsTimeGetter::GetAndClearBackwardsSkewStamp(wParam, &skewStamp)) {
 | 
						|
        TimeConverter().CompensateForBackwardsSkew(::GetMessageTime(), skewStamp);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (msg == nsAppShell::GetTaskbarButtonCreatedMessage()) {
 | 
						|
        SetHasTaskbarIconBeenCreated();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //*aRetValue = result;
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return result;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    //Events which caused mWnd destruction and aren't consumed
 | 
						|
    //will crash during the Windows default processing.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::FinishLiveResizing(ResizeState aNewState)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mResizeState == RESIZING) {
 | 
						|
    NotifyLiveResizeStopped();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  mResizeState = aNewState;
 | 
						|
  ForcePresent();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Broadcast messaging
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Broadcast messages to all windows.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Enumerate all child windows sending aMsg to each of them
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK nsWindow::BroadcastMsgToChildren(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aMsg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  WNDPROC winProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtrW(aWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC);
 | 
						|
  if (winProc == &nsWindow::WindowProc) {
 | 
						|
    // it's one of our windows so go ahead and send a message to it
 | 
						|
    ::CallWindowProcW(winProc, aWnd, aMsg, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Enumerate all top level windows specifying that the children of each
 | 
						|
// top level window should be enumerated. Do *not* send the message to
 | 
						|
// each top level window since it is assumed that the toolkit will send
 | 
						|
// aMsg to them directly.
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK nsWindow::BroadcastMsg(HWND aTopWindow, LPARAM aMsg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Iterate each of aTopWindows child windows sending the aMsg
 | 
						|
  // to each of them.
 | 
						|
  ::EnumChildWindows(aTopWindow, nsWindow::BroadcastMsgToChildren, aMsg);
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: Event processing helpers
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Special processing for certain event types and 
 | 
						|
 * synthesized events.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int32_t
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ClientMarginHitTestPoint(int32_t mx, int32_t my)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Minimized ||
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
    return HTCLIENT;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Calculations are done in screen coords
 | 
						|
  RECT winRect;
 | 
						|
  GetWindowRect(mWnd, &winRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // hit return constants:
 | 
						|
  // HTBORDER                     - non-resizable border
 | 
						|
  // HTBOTTOM, HTLEFT, HTRIGHT, HTTOP - resizable border
 | 
						|
  // HTBOTTOMLEFT, HTBOTTOMRIGHT  - resizable corner
 | 
						|
  // HTTOPLEFT, HTTOPRIGHT        - resizable corner
 | 
						|
  // HTCAPTION                    - general title bar area
 | 
						|
  // HTCLIENT                     - area considered the client
 | 
						|
  // HTCLOSE                      - hovering over the close button
 | 
						|
  // HTMAXBUTTON                  - maximize button
 | 
						|
  // HTMINBUTTON                  - minimize button
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int32_t testResult = HTCLIENT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool isResizable = (mBorderStyle & (eBorderStyle_all |
 | 
						|
                                      eBorderStyle_resizeh |
 | 
						|
                                      eBorderStyle_default)) > 0 ? true : false;
 | 
						|
  if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Maximized)
 | 
						|
    isResizable = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Ensure being accessible to borders of window.  Even if contents are in
 | 
						|
  // this area, the area must behave as border.
 | 
						|
  nsIntMargin nonClientSize(std::max(mCaptionHeight - mNonClientOffset.top,
 | 
						|
                                     kResizableBorderMinSize),
 | 
						|
                            std::max(mHorResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.right,
 | 
						|
                                     kResizableBorderMinSize),
 | 
						|
                            std::max(mVertResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.bottom,
 | 
						|
                                     kResizableBorderMinSize),
 | 
						|
                            std::max(mHorResizeMargin - mNonClientOffset.left,
 | 
						|
                                     kResizableBorderMinSize));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool allowContentOverride = mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Maximized ||
 | 
						|
                              (mx >= winRect.left + nonClientSize.left &&
 | 
						|
                               mx <= winRect.right - nonClientSize.right &&
 | 
						|
                               my >= winRect.top + nonClientSize.top &&
 | 
						|
                               my <= winRect.bottom - nonClientSize.bottom);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The border size.  If there is no content under mouse cursor, the border
 | 
						|
  // size should be larger than the values in system settings.  Otherwise,
 | 
						|
  // contents under the mouse cursor should be able to override the behavior.
 | 
						|
  // E.g., user must expect that Firefox button always opens the popup menu
 | 
						|
  // even when the user clicks on the above edge of it.
 | 
						|
  nsIntMargin borderSize(std::max(nonClientSize.top,    mVertResizeMargin),
 | 
						|
                         std::max(nonClientSize.right,  mHorResizeMargin),
 | 
						|
                         std::max(nonClientSize.bottom, mVertResizeMargin),
 | 
						|
                         std::max(nonClientSize.left,   mHorResizeMargin));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool top    = false;
 | 
						|
  bool bottom = false;
 | 
						|
  bool left   = false;
 | 
						|
  bool right  = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (my >= winRect.top && my < winRect.top + borderSize.top) {
 | 
						|
    top = true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (my <= winRect.bottom && my > winRect.bottom - borderSize.bottom) {
 | 
						|
    bottom = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // (the 2x case here doubles the resize area for corners)
 | 
						|
  int multiplier = (top || bottom) ? 2 : 1;
 | 
						|
  if (mx >= winRect.left &&
 | 
						|
      mx < winRect.left + (multiplier * borderSize.left)) {
 | 
						|
    left = true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (mx <= winRect.right &&
 | 
						|
             mx > winRect.right - (multiplier * borderSize.right)) {
 | 
						|
    right = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isResizable) {
 | 
						|
    if (top) {
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTTOP;
 | 
						|
      if (left)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTTOPLEFT;
 | 
						|
      else if (right)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTTOPRIGHT;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bottom) {
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTBOTTOM;
 | 
						|
      if (left)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTBOTTOMLEFT;
 | 
						|
      else if (right)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTBOTTOMRIGHT;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (left)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTLEFT;
 | 
						|
      if (right)
 | 
						|
        testResult = HTRIGHT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (top)
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTCAPTION;
 | 
						|
    else if (bottom || left || right)
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTBORDER;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!sIsInMouseCapture && allowContentOverride) {
 | 
						|
    POINT pt = { mx, my };
 | 
						|
    ::ScreenToClient(mWnd, &pt);
 | 
						|
    if (pt.x == mCachedHitTestPoint.x && pt.y == mCachedHitTestPoint.y &&
 | 
						|
        TimeStamp::Now() - mCachedHitTestTime < TimeDuration::FromMilliseconds(HITTEST_CACHE_LIFETIME_MS)) {
 | 
						|
      return mCachedHitTestResult;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (mDraggableRegion.Contains(pt.x, pt.y)) {
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTCAPTION;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      testResult = HTCLIENT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    mCachedHitTestPoint = pt;
 | 
						|
    mCachedHitTestTime = TimeStamp::Now();
 | 
						|
    mCachedHitTestResult = testResult;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return testResult;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TimeStamp
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetMessageTimeStamp(LONG aEventTime) const
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  CurrentWindowsTimeGetter getCurrentTime(mWnd);
 | 
						|
  return TimeConverter().GetTimeStampFromSystemTime(aEventTime,
 | 
						|
                                                    getCurrentTime);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::PostSleepWakeNotification(const bool aIsSleepMode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aIsSleepMode == gIsSleepMode)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gIsSleepMode = aIsSleepMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
 | 
						|
    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
 | 
						|
  if (observerService)
 | 
						|
    observerService->NotifyObservers(nullptr,
 | 
						|
      aIsSleepMode ? NS_WIDGET_SLEEP_OBSERVER_TOPIC :
 | 
						|
                     NS_WIDGET_WAKE_OBSERVER_TOPIC, nullptr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LRESULT nsWindow::ProcessCharMessage(const MSG &aMsg, bool *aEventDispatched)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (IMEHandler::IsComposingOn(this)) {
 | 
						|
    IMEHandler::NotifyIME(this, REQUEST_TO_COMMIT_COMPOSITION);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // These must be checked here too as a lone WM_CHAR could be received
 | 
						|
  // if a child window didn't handle it (for example Alt+Space in a content
 | 
						|
  // window)
 | 
						|
  ModifierKeyState modKeyState;
 | 
						|
  NativeKey nativeKey(this, aMsg, modKeyState);
 | 
						|
  return static_cast<LRESULT>(nativeKey.HandleCharMessage(aEventDispatched));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LRESULT nsWindow::ProcessKeyUpMessage(const MSG &aMsg, bool *aEventDispatched)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ModifierKeyState modKeyState;
 | 
						|
  NativeKey nativeKey(this, aMsg, modKeyState);
 | 
						|
  return static_cast<LRESULT>(nativeKey.HandleKeyUpMessage(aEventDispatched));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LRESULT nsWindow::ProcessKeyDownMessage(const MSG &aMsg,
 | 
						|
                                        bool *aEventDispatched)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If this method doesn't call NativeKey::HandleKeyDownMessage(), this method
 | 
						|
  // must clean up the redirected message information itself.  For more
 | 
						|
  // information, see above comment of
 | 
						|
  // RedirectedKeyDownMessageManager::AutoFlusher class definition in
 | 
						|
  // KeyboardLayout.h.
 | 
						|
  RedirectedKeyDownMessageManager::AutoFlusher redirectedMsgFlusher(this, aMsg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ModifierKeyState modKeyState;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NativeKey nativeKey(this, aMsg, modKeyState);
 | 
						|
  LRESULT result =
 | 
						|
    static_cast<LRESULT>(nativeKey.HandleKeyDownMessage(aEventDispatched));
 | 
						|
  // HandleKeyDownMessage cleaned up the redirected message information
 | 
						|
  // itself, so, we should do nothing.
 | 
						|
  redirectedMsgFlusher.Cancel();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aMsg.wParam == VK_MENU ||
 | 
						|
      (aMsg.wParam == VK_F10 && !modKeyState.IsShift())) {
 | 
						|
    // We need to let Windows handle this keypress,
 | 
						|
    // by returning false, if there's a native menu
 | 
						|
    // bar somewhere in our containing window hierarchy.
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise we handle the keypress and don't pass
 | 
						|
    // it on to Windows, by returning true.
 | 
						|
    bool hasNativeMenu = false;
 | 
						|
    HWND hWnd = mWnd;
 | 
						|
    while (hWnd) {
 | 
						|
      if (::GetMenu(hWnd)) {
 | 
						|
        hasNativeMenu = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    result = !hasNativeMenu;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SynthesizeNativeKeyEvent(int32_t aNativeKeyboardLayout,
 | 
						|
                                   int32_t aNativeKeyCode,
 | 
						|
                                   uint32_t aModifierFlags,
 | 
						|
                                   const nsAString& aCharacters,
 | 
						|
                                   const nsAString& aUnmodifiedCharacters,
 | 
						|
                                   nsIObserver* aObserver)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AutoObserverNotifier notifier(aObserver, "keyevent");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  KeyboardLayout* keyboardLayout = KeyboardLayout::GetInstance();
 | 
						|
  return keyboardLayout->SynthesizeNativeKeyEvent(
 | 
						|
           this, aNativeKeyboardLayout, aNativeKeyCode, aModifierFlags,
 | 
						|
           aCharacters, aUnmodifiedCharacters);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SynthesizeNativeMouseEvent(LayoutDeviceIntPoint aPoint,
 | 
						|
                                     uint32_t aNativeMessage,
 | 
						|
                                     uint32_t aModifierFlags,
 | 
						|
                                     nsIObserver* aObserver)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AutoObserverNotifier notifier(aObserver, "mouseevent");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aNativeMessage == MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE) {
 | 
						|
    // Reset sLastMouseMovePoint so that even if we're moving the mouse
 | 
						|
    // to the position it's already at, we still dispatch a mousemove
 | 
						|
    // event, because the callers of this function expect that.
 | 
						|
    sLastMouseMovePoint = {0};
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ::SetCursorPos(aPoint.x, aPoint.y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  INPUT input;
 | 
						|
  memset(&input, 0, sizeof(input));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  input.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
 | 
						|
  input.mi.dwFlags = aNativeMessage;
 | 
						|
  ::SendInput(1, &input, sizeof(INPUT));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SynthesizeNativeMouseScrollEvent(LayoutDeviceIntPoint aPoint,
 | 
						|
                                           uint32_t aNativeMessage,
 | 
						|
                                           double aDeltaX,
 | 
						|
                                           double aDeltaY,
 | 
						|
                                           double aDeltaZ,
 | 
						|
                                           uint32_t aModifierFlags,
 | 
						|
                                           uint32_t aAdditionalFlags,
 | 
						|
                                           nsIObserver* aObserver)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AutoObserverNotifier notifier(aObserver, "mousescrollevent");
 | 
						|
  return MouseScrollHandler::SynthesizeNativeMouseScrollEvent(
 | 
						|
           this, aPoint, aNativeMessage,
 | 
						|
           (aNativeMessage == WM_MOUSEWHEEL || aNativeMessage == WM_VSCROLL) ?
 | 
						|
             static_cast<int32_t>(aDeltaY) : static_cast<int32_t>(aDeltaX),
 | 
						|
           aModifierFlags, aAdditionalFlags);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SECTION: OnXXX message handlers
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * For message handlers that need to be broken out or
 | 
						|
 * implemented in specific platform code.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::OnWindowPosChanged(WINDOWPOS* wp)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (wp == nullptr)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WINSTATE_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
  if (mWnd == WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd)) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("*** OnWindowPosChanged: [  top] "));
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("*** OnWindowPosChanged: [child] "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("WINDOWPOS flags:"));
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_FRAMECHANGED) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_FRAMECHANGED "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_SHOWWINDOW) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_SHOWWINDOW "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_NOSIZE "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_HIDEWINDOW) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_HIDEWINDOW "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_NOZORDER) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_NOZORDER "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_NOACTIVATE) {
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("SWP_NOACTIVATE "));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("\n"));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle window size mode changes
 | 
						|
  if (wp->flags & SWP_FRAMECHANGED && mSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Bug 566135 - Windows theme code calls show window on SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
 | 
						|
    // windows when fullscreen games disable desktop composition. If we're
 | 
						|
    // minimized and not being activated, ignore the event and let windows
 | 
						|
    // handle it.
 | 
						|
    if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Minimized && (wp->flags & SWP_NOACTIVATE))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    WINDOWPLACEMENT pl;
 | 
						|
    pl.length = sizeof(pl);
 | 
						|
    ::GetWindowPlacement(mWnd, &pl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nsSizeMode previousSizeMode = mSizeMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Windows has just changed the size mode of this window. The call to
 | 
						|
    // SizeModeChanged will trigger a call into SetSizeMode where we will
 | 
						|
    // set the min/max window state again or for nsSizeMode_Normal, call
 | 
						|
    // SetWindow with a parameter of SW_RESTORE. There's no need however as
 | 
						|
    // this window's mode has already changed. Updating mSizeMode here
 | 
						|
    // insures the SetSizeMode call is a no-op. Addresses a bug on Win7 related
 | 
						|
    // to window docking. (bug 489258)
 | 
						|
    if (pl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED)
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode = (mFullscreenMode ? nsSizeMode_Fullscreen : nsSizeMode_Maximized);
 | 
						|
    else if (pl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED)
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode = nsSizeMode_Minimized;
 | 
						|
    else if (mFullscreenMode)
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode = nsSizeMode_Fullscreen;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode = nsSizeMode_Normal;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WINSTATE_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    switch (mSizeMode) {
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Normal:
 | 
						|
          MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
                 ("*** mSizeMode: nsSizeMode_Normal\n"));
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Minimized:
 | 
						|
        MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
               ("*** mSizeMode: nsSizeMode_Minimized\n"));
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case nsSizeMode_Maximized:
 | 
						|
          MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
                 ("*** mSizeMode: nsSizeMode_Maximized\n"));
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
          MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, ("*** mSizeMode: ??????\n"));
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mWidgetListener && mSizeMode != previousSizeMode)
 | 
						|
      mWidgetListener->SizeModeChanged(mSizeMode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If window was restored, window activation was bypassed during the 
 | 
						|
    // SetSizeMode call originating from OnWindowPosChanging to avoid saving
 | 
						|
    // pre-restore attributes. Force activation now to get correct attributes.
 | 
						|
    if (mLastSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Normal && mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Normal)
 | 
						|
      DispatchFocusToTopLevelWindow(true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mLastSizeMode = mSizeMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Skip window size change events below on minimization.
 | 
						|
    if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Minimized)
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle window position changes
 | 
						|
  if (!(wp->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
 | 
						|
    mBounds.x = wp->x;
 | 
						|
    mBounds.y = wp->y;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NotifyWindowMoved(wp->x, wp->y);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle window size changes
 | 
						|
  if (!(wp->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
 | 
						|
    RECT r;
 | 
						|
    int32_t newWidth, newHeight;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ::GetWindowRect(mWnd, &r);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    newWidth  = r.right - r.left;
 | 
						|
    newHeight = r.bottom - r.top;
 | 
						|
    nsIntRect rect(wp->x, wp->y, newWidth, newHeight);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (newWidth > mLastSize.width)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      RECT drect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // getting wider
 | 
						|
      drect.left   = wp->x + mLastSize.width;
 | 
						|
      drect.top    = wp->y;
 | 
						|
      drect.right  = drect.left + (newWidth - mLastSize.width);
 | 
						|
      drect.bottom = drect.top + newHeight;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ::RedrawWindow(mWnd, &drect, nullptr,
 | 
						|
                     RDW_INVALIDATE |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_NOERASE |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_NOINTERNALPAINT |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_ERASENOW |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (newHeight > mLastSize.height)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      RECT drect;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // getting taller
 | 
						|
      drect.left   = wp->x;
 | 
						|
      drect.top    = wp->y + mLastSize.height;
 | 
						|
      drect.right  = drect.left + newWidth;
 | 
						|
      drect.bottom = drect.top + (newHeight - mLastSize.height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ::RedrawWindow(mWnd, &drect, nullptr,
 | 
						|
                     RDW_INVALIDATE |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_NOERASE |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_NOINTERNALPAINT |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_ERASENOW |
 | 
						|
                     RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mBounds.width    = newWidth;
 | 
						|
    mBounds.height   = newHeight;
 | 
						|
    mLastSize.width  = newWidth;
 | 
						|
    mLastSize.height = newHeight;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef WINSTATE_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
           ("*** Resize window: %d x %d x %d x %d\n", wp->x, wp->y, 
 | 
						|
            newWidth, newHeight));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If a maximized window is resized, recalculate the non-client margins.
 | 
						|
    if (mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Maximized) {
 | 
						|
      if (UpdateNonClientMargins(nsSizeMode_Maximized, true)) {
 | 
						|
        // gecko resize event already sent by UpdateNonClientMargins.
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Recalculate the width and height based on the client area for gecko events.
 | 
						|
    if (::GetClientRect(mWnd, &r)) {
 | 
						|
      rect.width  = r.right - r.left;
 | 
						|
      rect.height = r.bottom - r.top;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // Send a gecko resize event
 | 
						|
    OnResize(rect);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::OnWindowPosChanging(LPWINDOWPOS& info)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Update non-client margins if the frame size is changing, and let the
 | 
						|
  // browser know we are changing size modes, so alternative css can kick in.
 | 
						|
  // If we're going into fullscreen mode, ignore this, since it'll reset
 | 
						|
  // margins to normal mode. 
 | 
						|
  if ((info->flags & SWP_FRAMECHANGED && !(info->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) &&
 | 
						|
      mSizeMode != nsSizeMode_Fullscreen) {
 | 
						|
    WINDOWPLACEMENT pl;
 | 
						|
    pl.length = sizeof(pl);
 | 
						|
    ::GetWindowPlacement(mWnd, &pl);
 | 
						|
    nsSizeMode sizeMode;
 | 
						|
    if (pl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED)
 | 
						|
      sizeMode = (mFullscreenMode ? nsSizeMode_Fullscreen : nsSizeMode_Maximized);
 | 
						|
    else if (pl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED)
 | 
						|
      sizeMode = nsSizeMode_Minimized;
 | 
						|
    else if (mFullscreenMode)
 | 
						|
      sizeMode = nsSizeMode_Fullscreen;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      sizeMode = nsSizeMode_Normal;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mWidgetListener)
 | 
						|
      mWidgetListener->SizeModeChanged(sizeMode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    UpdateNonClientMargins(sizeMode, false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // enforce local z-order rules
 | 
						|
  if (!(info->flags & SWP_NOZORDER)) {
 | 
						|
    HWND hwndAfter = info->hwndInsertAfter;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nsWindow *aboveWindow = 0;
 | 
						|
    nsWindowZ placement;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (hwndAfter == HWND_BOTTOM)
 | 
						|
      placement = nsWindowZBottom;
 | 
						|
    else if (hwndAfter == HWND_TOP || hwndAfter == HWND_TOPMOST || hwndAfter == HWND_NOTOPMOST)
 | 
						|
      placement = nsWindowZTop;
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      placement = nsWindowZRelative;
 | 
						|
      aboveWindow = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(hwndAfter);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
      nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> actualBelow = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      if (mWidgetListener->ZLevelChanged(false, &placement,
 | 
						|
                                         aboveWindow, getter_AddRefs(actualBelow))) {
 | 
						|
        if (placement == nsWindowZBottom)
 | 
						|
          info->hwndInsertAfter = HWND_BOTTOM;
 | 
						|
        else if (placement == nsWindowZTop)
 | 
						|
          info->hwndInsertAfter = HWND_TOP;
 | 
						|
        else {
 | 
						|
          info->hwndInsertAfter = (HWND)actualBelow->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WINDOW);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // prevent rude external programs from making hidden window visible
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible)
 | 
						|
    info->flags &= ~SWP_SHOWWINDOW;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::UserActivity()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Check if we have the idle service, if not we try to get it.
 | 
						|
  if (!mIdleService) {
 | 
						|
    mIdleService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that we now have the idle service.
 | 
						|
  if (mIdleService) {
 | 
						|
    mIdleService->ResetIdleTimeOut(0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsIntPoint nsWindow::GetTouchCoordinates(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsIntPoint ret;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t cInputs = LOWORD(wParam);
 | 
						|
  if (cInputs != 1) {
 | 
						|
    // Just return 0,0 if there isn't exactly one touch point active
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  PTOUCHINPUT pInputs = new TOUCHINPUT[cInputs];
 | 
						|
  if (GetTouchInputInfo((HTOUCHINPUT)lParam, cInputs, pInputs,
 | 
						|
                        sizeof(TOUCHINPUT))) {
 | 
						|
    ret.x = TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[0].x);
 | 
						|
    ret.y = TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[0].y);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  delete[] pInputs;
 | 
						|
  // Note that we don't call CloseTouchInputHandle here because we need
 | 
						|
  // to read the touch input info again in OnTouch later.
 | 
						|
  return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::OnTouch(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  uint32_t cInputs = LOWORD(wParam);
 | 
						|
  PTOUCHINPUT pInputs = new TOUCHINPUT[cInputs];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GetTouchInputInfo((HTOUCHINPUT)lParam, cInputs, pInputs,
 | 
						|
                        sizeof(TOUCHINPUT))) {
 | 
						|
    MultiTouchInput touchInput, touchEndInput;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Walk across the touch point array processing each contact point.
 | 
						|
    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cInputs; i++) {
 | 
						|
      bool addToEvent = false, addToEndEvent = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // N.B.: According with MS documentation
 | 
						|
      // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd317334(v=vs.85).aspx
 | 
						|
      // TOUCHEVENTF_DOWN cannot be combined with TOUCHEVENTF_MOVE or TOUCHEVENTF_UP.
 | 
						|
      // Possibly, it means that TOUCHEVENTF_MOVE and TOUCHEVENTF_UP can be combined together.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (pInputs[i].dwFlags & (TOUCHEVENTF_DOWN | TOUCHEVENTF_MOVE)) {
 | 
						|
        if (touchInput.mTimeStamp.IsNull()) {
 | 
						|
          // Initialize a touch event to send.
 | 
						|
          touchInput.mType = MultiTouchInput::MULTITOUCH_MOVE;
 | 
						|
          touchInput.mTime = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
          touchInput.mTimeStamp = GetMessageTimeStamp(touchInput.mTime);
 | 
						|
          ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
          touchInput.modifiers = modifierKeyState.GetModifiers();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // Pres shell expects this event to be a eTouchStart
 | 
						|
        // if any new contact points have been added since the last event sent.
 | 
						|
        if (pInputs[i].dwFlags & TOUCHEVENTF_DOWN) {
 | 
						|
          touchInput.mType = MultiTouchInput::MULTITOUCH_START;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        addToEvent = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (pInputs[i].dwFlags & TOUCHEVENTF_UP) {
 | 
						|
        // Pres shell expects removed contacts points to be delivered in a separate
 | 
						|
        // eTouchEnd event containing only the contact points that were removed.
 | 
						|
        if (touchEndInput.mTimeStamp.IsNull()) {
 | 
						|
          // Initialize a touch event to send.
 | 
						|
          touchEndInput.mType = MultiTouchInput::MULTITOUCH_END;
 | 
						|
          touchEndInput.mTime = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
          touchEndInput.mTimeStamp = GetMessageTimeStamp(touchEndInput.mTime);
 | 
						|
          ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
          touchEndInput.modifiers = modifierKeyState.GetModifiers();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        addToEndEvent = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (!addToEvent && !addToEndEvent) {
 | 
						|
        // Filter out spurious Windows events we don't understand, like palm contact.
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Setup the touch point we'll append to the touch event array.
 | 
						|
      nsPointWin touchPoint;
 | 
						|
      touchPoint.x = TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[i].x);
 | 
						|
      touchPoint.y = TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[i].y);
 | 
						|
      touchPoint.ScreenToClient(mWnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Initialize the touch data.
 | 
						|
      SingleTouchData touchData(pInputs[i].dwID,                                      // aIdentifier
 | 
						|
                                ScreenIntPoint::FromUnknownPoint(touchPoint),         // aScreenPoint
 | 
						|
                                /* radius, if known */
 | 
						|
                                pInputs[i].dwFlags & TOUCHINPUTMASKF_CONTACTAREA
 | 
						|
                                  ? ScreenSize(
 | 
						|
                                      TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[i].cxContact) / 2,
 | 
						|
                                      TOUCH_COORD_TO_PIXEL(pInputs[i].cyContact) / 2)
 | 
						|
                                  : ScreenSize(1, 1),                                 // aRadius
 | 
						|
                                0.0f,                                                 // aRotationAngle
 | 
						|
                                0.0f);                                                // aForce
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Append touch data to the appropriate event.
 | 
						|
      if (addToEvent) {
 | 
						|
        touchInput.mTouches.AppendElement(touchData);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (addToEndEvent) {
 | 
						|
        touchEndInput.mTouches.AppendElement(touchData);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Dispatch touch start and touch move event if we have one.
 | 
						|
    if (!touchInput.mTimeStamp.IsNull()) {
 | 
						|
      DispatchTouchInput(touchInput);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Dispatch touch end event if we have one.
 | 
						|
    if (!touchEndInput.mTimeStamp.IsNull()) {
 | 
						|
      DispatchTouchInput(touchEndInput);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  delete [] pInputs;
 | 
						|
  CloseTouchInputHandle((HTOUCHINPUT)lParam);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Gesture event processing. Handles WM_GESTURE events.
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::OnGesture(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Treatment for pan events which translate into scroll events:
 | 
						|
  if (mGesture.IsPanEvent(lParam)) {
 | 
						|
    if ( !mGesture.ProcessPanMessage(mWnd, wParam, lParam) )
 | 
						|
      return false; // ignore
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nsEventStatus status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    WidgetWheelEvent wheelEvent(true, eWheel, this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
    modifierKeyState.InitInputEvent(wheelEvent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wheelEvent.button      = 0;
 | 
						|
    wheelEvent.mTime       = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
    wheelEvent.mTimeStamp  = GetMessageTimeStamp(wheelEvent.mTime);
 | 
						|
    wheelEvent.inputSource = nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_TOUCH;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool endFeedback = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mGesture.PanDeltaToPixelScroll(wheelEvent)) {
 | 
						|
      mozilla::Telemetry::Accumulate(mozilla::Telemetry::SCROLL_INPUT_METHODS,
 | 
						|
          (uint32_t) ScrollInputMethod::MainThreadTouch);
 | 
						|
      DispatchEvent(&wheelEvent, status);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mDisplayPanFeedback) {
 | 
						|
      mGesture.UpdatePanFeedbackX(
 | 
						|
                 mWnd,
 | 
						|
                 DeprecatedAbs(RoundDown(wheelEvent.mOverflowDeltaX)),
 | 
						|
                 endFeedback);
 | 
						|
      mGesture.UpdatePanFeedbackY(
 | 
						|
                 mWnd,
 | 
						|
                 DeprecatedAbs(RoundDown(wheelEvent.mOverflowDeltaY)),
 | 
						|
                 endFeedback);
 | 
						|
      mGesture.PanFeedbackFinalize(mWnd, endFeedback);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CloseGestureInfoHandle((HGESTUREINFO)lParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Other gestures translate into simple gesture events:
 | 
						|
  WidgetSimpleGestureEvent event(true, eVoidEvent, this);
 | 
						|
  if ( !mGesture.ProcessGestureMessage(mWnd, wParam, lParam, event) ) {
 | 
						|
    return false; // fall through to DefWndProc
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Polish up and send off the new event
 | 
						|
  ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState;
 | 
						|
  modifierKeyState.InitInputEvent(event);
 | 
						|
  event.button    = 0;
 | 
						|
  event.mTime     = ::GetMessageTime();
 | 
						|
  event.mTimeStamp = GetMessageTimeStamp(event.mTime);
 | 
						|
  event.inputSource = nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_TOUCH;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsEventStatus status;
 | 
						|
  DispatchEvent(&event, status);
 | 
						|
  if (status == nsEventStatus_eIgnore) {
 | 
						|
    return false; // Ignored, fall through
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Only close this if we process and return true.
 | 
						|
  CloseGestureInfoHandle((HGESTUREINFO)lParam);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true; // Handled
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ConfigureChildren(const nsTArray<Configuration>& aConfigurations)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If this is a remotely updated widget we receive clipping, position, and
 | 
						|
  // size information from a source other than our owner. Don't let our parent
 | 
						|
  // update this information.
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_plugin_ipc_chrome) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // XXXroc we could use BeginDeferWindowPos/DeferWindowPos/EndDeferWindowPos
 | 
						|
  // here, if that helps in some situations. So far I haven't seen a
 | 
						|
  // need.
 | 
						|
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aConfigurations.Length(); ++i) {
 | 
						|
    const Configuration& configuration = aConfigurations[i];
 | 
						|
    nsWindow* w = static_cast<nsWindow*>(configuration.mChild.get());
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(w->GetParent() == this,
 | 
						|
                 "Configured widget is not a child");
 | 
						|
    nsresult rv = w->SetWindowClipRegion(configuration.mClipRegion, true);
 | 
						|
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | 
						|
    LayoutDeviceIntRect bounds = w->GetBounds();
 | 
						|
    if (bounds.Size() != configuration.mBounds.Size()) {
 | 
						|
      w->Resize(configuration.mBounds.x, configuration.mBounds.y,
 | 
						|
                configuration.mBounds.width, configuration.mBounds.height,
 | 
						|
                true);
 | 
						|
    } else if (bounds.TopLeft() != configuration.mBounds.TopLeft()) {
 | 
						|
      w->Move(configuration.mBounds.x, configuration.mBounds.y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (gfxWindowsPlatform::GetPlatform()->IsDirect2DBackend() ||
 | 
						|
          GetLayerManager()->GetBackendType() != LayersBackend::LAYERS_BASIC) {
 | 
						|
        // XXX - Workaround for Bug 587508. This will invalidate the part of the
 | 
						|
        // plugin window that might be touched by moving content somehow. The
 | 
						|
        // underlying problem should be found and fixed!
 | 
						|
        LayoutDeviceIntRegion r;
 | 
						|
        r.Sub(bounds, configuration.mBounds);
 | 
						|
        r.MoveBy(-bounds.x,
 | 
						|
                 -bounds.y);
 | 
						|
        LayoutDeviceIntRect toInvalidate = r.GetBounds();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        WinUtils::InvalidatePluginAsWorkaround(w, toInvalidate);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    rv = w->SetWindowClipRegion(configuration.mClipRegion, false);
 | 
						|
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static HRGN
 | 
						|
CreateHRGNFromArray(const nsTArray<LayoutDeviceIntRect>& aRects)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int32_t size = sizeof(RGNDATAHEADER) + sizeof(RECT)*aRects.Length();
 | 
						|
  AutoTArray<uint8_t,100> buf;
 | 
						|
  buf.SetLength(size);
 | 
						|
  RGNDATA* data = reinterpret_cast<RGNDATA*>(buf.Elements());
 | 
						|
  RECT* rects = reinterpret_cast<RECT*>(data->Buffer);
 | 
						|
  data->rdh.dwSize = sizeof(data->rdh);
 | 
						|
  data->rdh.iType = RDH_RECTANGLES;
 | 
						|
  data->rdh.nCount = aRects.Length();
 | 
						|
  LayoutDeviceIntRect bounds;
 | 
						|
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aRects.Length(); ++i) {
 | 
						|
    const LayoutDeviceIntRect& r = aRects[i];
 | 
						|
    bounds.UnionRect(bounds, r);
 | 
						|
    ::SetRect(&rects[i], r.x, r.y, r.XMost(), r.YMost());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ::SetRect(&data->rdh.rcBound, bounds.x, bounds.y, bounds.XMost(), bounds.YMost());
 | 
						|
  return ::ExtCreateRegion(nullptr, buf.Length(), data);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetWindowClipRegion(const nsTArray<LayoutDeviceIntRect>& aRects,
 | 
						|
                              bool aIntersectWithExisting)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (IsWindowClipRegionEqual(aRects)) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::SetWindowClipRegion(aRects, aIntersectWithExisting);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  HRGN dest = CreateHRGNFromArray(aRects);
 | 
						|
  if (!dest)
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aIntersectWithExisting) {
 | 
						|
    HRGN current = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    if (current) {
 | 
						|
      if (::GetWindowRgn(mWnd, current) != 0 /*ERROR*/) {
 | 
						|
        ::CombineRgn(dest, dest, current, RGN_AND);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ::DeleteObject(current);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If a plugin is not visible, especially if it is in a background tab,
 | 
						|
  // it should not be able to steal keyboard focus.  This code checks whether
 | 
						|
  // the region that the plugin is being clipped to is NULLREGION.  If it is,
 | 
						|
  // the plugin window gets disabled.
 | 
						|
  if (IsPlugin()) {
 | 
						|
    if (NULLREGION == ::CombineRgn(dest, dest, dest, RGN_OR)) {
 | 
						|
      ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_HIDE);
 | 
						|
      ::EnableWindow(mWnd, FALSE);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      ::EnableWindow(mWnd, TRUE);
 | 
						|
      ::ShowWindow(mWnd, SW_SHOW);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!::SetWindowRgn(mWnd, dest, TRUE)) {
 | 
						|
    ::DeleteObject(dest);
 | 
						|
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// WM_DESTROY event handler
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::OnDestroy()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mOnDestroyCalled = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Make sure we don't get destroyed in the process of tearing down.
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> kungFuDeathGrip(this);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Dispatch the destroy notification.
 | 
						|
  if (!mInDtor)
 | 
						|
    NotifyWindowDestroyed();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Prevent the widget from sending additional events.
 | 
						|
  mWidgetListener = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  mAttachedWidgetListener = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Unregister notifications from terminal services
 | 
						|
  ::WTSUnRegisterSessionNotification(mWnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Free our subclass and clear |this| stored in the window props. We will no longer
 | 
						|
  // receive events from Windows after this point.
 | 
						|
  SubclassWindow(FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Once mWidgetListener is cleared and the subclass is reset, sCurrentWindow can be
 | 
						|
  // cleared. (It's used in tracking windows for mouse events.)
 | 
						|
  if (sCurrentWindow == this)
 | 
						|
    sCurrentWindow = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Disconnects us from our parent, will call our GetParent().
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::Destroy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Release references to children, device context, toolkit, and app shell.
 | 
						|
  nsBaseWidget::OnDestroy();
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Clear our native parent handle.
 | 
						|
  // XXX Windows will take care of this in the proper order, and SetParent(nullptr)'s
 | 
						|
  // remove child on the parent already took place in nsBaseWidget's Destroy call above.
 | 
						|
  //SetParent(nullptr);
 | 
						|
  mParent = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We have to destroy the native drag target before we null out our window pointer.
 | 
						|
  EnableDragDrop(false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're going away and for some reason we're still the rollup widget, rollup and
 | 
						|
  // turn off capture.
 | 
						|
  nsIRollupListener* rollupListener = nsBaseWidget::GetActiveRollupListener();
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> rollupWidget;
 | 
						|
  if (rollupListener) {
 | 
						|
    rollupWidget = rollupListener->GetRollupWidget();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (this == rollupWidget) {
 | 
						|
    if ( rollupListener )
 | 
						|
      rollupListener->Rollup(0, false, nullptr, nullptr);
 | 
						|
    CaptureRollupEvents(nullptr, false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IMEHandler::OnDestroyWindow(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Free GDI window class objects
 | 
						|
  if (mBrush) {
 | 
						|
    VERIFY(::DeleteObject(mBrush));
 | 
						|
    mBrush = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Destroy any custom cursor resources.
 | 
						|
  if (mCursor == eCursorInvalid)
 | 
						|
    SetCursor(eCursor_standard);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mCompositorWidgetDelegate) {
 | 
						|
    mCompositorWidgetDelegate->OnDestroyWindow();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  mBasicLayersSurface = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Finalize panning feedback to possibly restore window displacement
 | 
						|
  mGesture.PanFeedbackFinalize(mWnd, true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Clear the main HWND.
 | 
						|
  mWnd = nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Send a resize message to the listener
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::OnResize(nsIntRect &aWindowRect)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  bool result = mWidgetListener ?
 | 
						|
                mWidgetListener->WindowResized(this, aWindowRect.width, aWindowRect.height) : false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is an attached view, inform it as well as the normal widget listener.
 | 
						|
  if (mAttachedWidgetListener) {
 | 
						|
    return mAttachedWidgetListener->WindowResized(this, aWindowRect.width, aWindowRect.height);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::OnHotKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Can be overriden. Controls auto-erase of background.
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::AutoErase(HDC dc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::IsPopup()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return mWindowType == eWindowType_popup;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ShouldUseOffMainThreadCompositing()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (IsSmallPopup()) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return nsBaseWidget::ShouldUseOffMainThreadCompositing();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::WindowUsesOMTC()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ULONG_PTR style = ::GetClassLongPtr(mWnd, GCL_STYLE);
 | 
						|
  if (!style) {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("Could not get window class style");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  style |= CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
 | 
						|
  DebugOnly<ULONG_PTR> result = ::SetClassLongPtr(mWnd, GCL_STYLE, style);
 | 
						|
  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(result, "Could not reset window class style");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::HasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor() {
 | 
						|
  if (sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor == TRI_UNKNOWN) {
 | 
						|
    // Since any change in the preferences requires a restart, this can be
 | 
						|
    // done just once.
 | 
						|
    // Check for Direct2D first.
 | 
						|
    sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor =
 | 
						|
      gfxWindowsPlatform::GetPlatform()->IsDirect2DBackend() ? TRI_TRUE : TRI_FALSE;
 | 
						|
    if (!sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor) {
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise check if Direct3D 9 may be used.
 | 
						|
      if (gfxConfig::IsEnabled(Feature::HW_COMPOSITING) &&
 | 
						|
          !gfxConfig::IsEnabled(Feature::OPENGL_COMPOSITING))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        nsCOMPtr<nsIGfxInfo> gfxInfo = services::GetGfxInfo();
 | 
						|
        if (gfxInfo) {
 | 
						|
          int32_t status;
 | 
						|
          nsCString discardFailureId;
 | 
						|
          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(gfxInfo->GetFeatureStatus(nsIGfxInfo::FEATURE_DIRECT3D_9_LAYERS,
 | 
						|
                                                     discardFailureId, &status))) {
 | 
						|
            if (status == nsIGfxInfo::FEATURE_STATUS_OK ||
 | 
						|
                gfxConfig::IsForcedOnByUser(Feature::HW_COMPOSITING))
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
              sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor = TRI_TRUE;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return !!sHasBogusPopupsDropShadowOnMultiMonitor;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::OnSysColorChanged()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
    ::EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(), nsWindow::BroadcastMsg, WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else {
 | 
						|
    // Note: This is sent for child windows as well as top-level windows.
 | 
						|
    // The Win32 toolkit normally only sends these events to top-level windows.
 | 
						|
    // But we cycle through all of the childwindows and send it to them as well
 | 
						|
    // so all presentations get notified properly.
 | 
						|
    // See nsWindow::GlobalMsgWindowProc.
 | 
						|
    NotifySysColorChanged();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::OnDPIChanged(int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // Don't try to handle WM_DPICHANGED for popup windows (see bug 1239353);
 | 
						|
  // they remain tied to their original parent's resolution.
 | 
						|
  if (mWindowType == eWindowType_popup) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (DefaultScaleOverride() > 0.0) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  mDefaultScale = -1.0; // force recomputation of scale factor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mResizeState != RESIZING && mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Normal) {
 | 
						|
    // Limit the position (if not in the middle of a drag-move) & size,
 | 
						|
    // if it would overflow the destination screen
 | 
						|
    nsCOMPtr<nsIScreenManager> sm = do_GetService(sScreenManagerContractID);
 | 
						|
    if (sm) {
 | 
						|
      nsCOMPtr<nsIScreen> screen;
 | 
						|
      sm->ScreenForRect(x, y, width, height, getter_AddRefs(screen));
 | 
						|
      if (screen) {
 | 
						|
        int32_t availLeft, availTop, availWidth, availHeight;
 | 
						|
        screen->GetAvailRect(&availLeft, &availTop, &availWidth, &availHeight);
 | 
						|
        if (mResizeState != MOVING) {
 | 
						|
          x = std::max(x, availLeft);
 | 
						|
          y = std::max(y, availTop);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        width = std::min(width, availWidth);
 | 
						|
        height = std::min(height, availHeight);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Resize(x, y, width, height, true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ChangedDPI();
 | 
						|
  ResetLayout();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: IME management and accessibility
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Handles managing IME input and accessibility.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetInputContext(const InputContext& aContext,
 | 
						|
                          const InputContextAction& aAction)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  InputContext newInputContext = aContext;
 | 
						|
  IMEHandler::SetInputContext(this, newInputContext, aAction);
 | 
						|
  mInputContext = newInputContext;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
InputContext
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetInputContext()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mInputContext.mIMEState.mOpen = IMEState::CLOSED;
 | 
						|
  if (WinUtils::IsIMEEnabled(mInputContext) && IMEHandler::GetOpenState(this)) {
 | 
						|
    mInputContext.mIMEState.mOpen = IMEState::OPEN;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    mInputContext.mIMEState.mOpen = IMEState::CLOSED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return mInputContext;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TextEventDispatcherListener*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetNativeTextEventDispatcherListener()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return IMEHandler::GetNativeTextEventDispatcherListener();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
#define NS_LOG_WMGETOBJECT(aWnd, aHwnd, aAcc)                                  \
 | 
						|
  if (a11y::logging::IsEnabled(a11y::logging::ePlatforms)) {                   \
 | 
						|
    printf("Get the window:\n  {\n     HWND: %p, parent HWND: %p, wndobj: %p,\n",\
 | 
						|
           aHwnd, ::GetParent(aHwnd), aWnd);                                   \
 | 
						|
    printf("     acc: %p", aAcc);                                              \
 | 
						|
    if (aAcc) {                                                                \
 | 
						|
      nsAutoString name;                                                       \
 | 
						|
      aAcc->Name(name);                                                        \
 | 
						|
      printf(", accname: %s", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(name).get());              \
 | 
						|
    }                                                                          \
 | 
						|
    printf("\n }\n");                                                          \
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define NS_LOG_WMGETOBJECT(aWnd, aHwnd, aAcc)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
a11y::Accessible*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetAccessible()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If the pref was ePlatformIsDisabled, return null here, disabling a11y.
 | 
						|
  if (a11y::PlatformDisabledState() == a11y::ePlatformIsDisabled)
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mInDtor || mOnDestroyCalled || mWindowType == eWindowType_invisible) {
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // In case of popup window return a popup accessible.
 | 
						|
  nsView* view = nsView::GetViewFor(this);
 | 
						|
  if (view) {
 | 
						|
    nsIFrame* frame = view->GetFrame();
 | 
						|
    if (frame && nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(frame)) {
 | 
						|
      nsAccessibilityService* accService = GetOrCreateAccService();
 | 
						|
      if (accService) {
 | 
						|
        a11y::DocAccessible* docAcc =
 | 
						|
          GetAccService()->GetDocAccessible(frame->PresContext()->PresShell());
 | 
						|
        if (docAcc) {
 | 
						|
          NS_LOG_WMGETOBJECT(this, mWnd,
 | 
						|
                             docAcc->GetAccessibleOrDescendant(frame->GetContent()));
 | 
						|
          return docAcc->GetAccessibleOrDescendant(frame->GetContent());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // otherwise root document accessible.
 | 
						|
  NS_LOG_WMGETOBJECT(this, mWnd, GetRootAccessible());
 | 
						|
  return GetRootAccessible();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Transparency
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Window transparency helpers.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::SetWindowTranslucencyInner(nsTransparencyMode aMode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (aMode == mTransparencyMode)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // stop on dialogs and popups!
 | 
						|
  HWND hWnd = WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(mWnd, true);
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* parent = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(hWnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!parent)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("Trying to use transparent chrome in an embedded context");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (parent != this) {
 | 
						|
    NS_WARNING("Setting SetWindowTranslucencyInner on a parent this is not us!");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (aMode == eTransparencyTransparent) {
 | 
						|
    // If we're switching to the use of a transparent window, hide the chrome
 | 
						|
    // on our parent.
 | 
						|
    HideWindowChrome(true);
 | 
						|
  } else if (mHideChrome && mTransparencyMode == eTransparencyTransparent) {
 | 
						|
    // if we're switching out of transparent, re-enable our parent's chrome.
 | 
						|
    HideWindowChrome(false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LONG_PTR style = ::GetWindowLongPtrW(hWnd, GWL_STYLE),
 | 
						|
    exStyle = ::GetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
   if (parent->mIsVisible)
 | 
						|
     style |= WS_VISIBLE;
 | 
						|
   if (parent->mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Maximized)
 | 
						|
     style |= WS_MAXIMIZE;
 | 
						|
   else if (parent->mSizeMode == nsSizeMode_Minimized)
 | 
						|
     style |= WS_MINIMIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (aMode == eTransparencyTransparent)
 | 
						|
     exStyle |= WS_EX_LAYERED;
 | 
						|
   else
 | 
						|
     exStyle &= ~WS_EX_LAYERED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VERIFY_WINDOW_STYLE(style);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongPtrW(hWnd, GWL_STYLE, style);
 | 
						|
  ::SetWindowLongPtrW(hWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, exStyle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (HasGlass())
 | 
						|
    memset(&mGlassMargins, 0, sizeof mGlassMargins);
 | 
						|
  mTransparencyMode = aMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (mCompositorWidgetDelegate) {
 | 
						|
    mCompositorWidgetDelegate->UpdateTransparency(aMode);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  UpdateGlass();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif //MOZ_XUL
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Popup rollup hooks
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** Deals with CaptureRollup on popup windows.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Schedules a timer for a window, so we can rollup after processing the hook event
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::ScheduleHookTimer(HWND aWnd, UINT aMsgId)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // In some cases multiple hooks may be scheduled
 | 
						|
  // so ignore any other requests once one timer is scheduled
 | 
						|
  if (sHookTimerId == 0) {
 | 
						|
    // Remember the window handle and the message ID to be used later
 | 
						|
    sRollupMsgId = aMsgId;
 | 
						|
    sRollupMsgWnd = aWnd;
 | 
						|
    // Schedule native timer for doing the rollup after
 | 
						|
    // this event is done being processed
 | 
						|
    sHookTimerId = ::SetTimer(nullptr, 0, 0, (TIMERPROC)HookTimerForPopups);
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(sHookTimerId, "Timer couldn't be created.");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
int gLastMsgCode = 0;
 | 
						|
extern MSGFEventMsgInfo gMSGFEvents[];
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Process Menu messages, rollup when popup is clicked.
 | 
						|
LRESULT CALLBACK nsWindow::MozSpecialMsgFilter(int code, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
  if (sProcessHook) {
 | 
						|
    MSG* pMsg = (MSG*)lParam;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int inx = 0;
 | 
						|
    while (gMSGFEvents[inx].mId != code && gMSGFEvents[inx].mStr != nullptr) {
 | 
						|
      inx++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (code != gLastMsgCode) {
 | 
						|
      if (gMSGFEvents[inx].mId == code) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
        MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
               ("MozSpecialMessageProc - code: 0x%X  - %s  hw: %p\n", 
 | 
						|
                code, gMSGFEvents[inx].mStr, pMsg->hwnd));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
        MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
               ("MozSpecialMessageProc - code: 0x%X  - %d  hw: %p\n", 
 | 
						|
                code, gMSGFEvents[inx].mId, pMsg->hwnd));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      gLastMsgCode = code;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    PrintEvent(pMsg->message, FALSE, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif // #ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sProcessHook && code == MSGF_MENU) {
 | 
						|
    MSG* pMsg = (MSG*)lParam;
 | 
						|
    ScheduleHookTimer( pMsg->hwnd, pMsg->message);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ::CallNextHookEx(sMsgFilterHook, code, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Process all mouse messages. Roll up when a click is in a native window
 | 
						|
// that doesn't have an nsIWidget.
 | 
						|
LRESULT CALLBACK nsWindow::MozSpecialMouseProc(int code, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (sProcessHook) {
 | 
						|
    switch (WinUtils::GetNativeMessage(wParam)) {
 | 
						|
      case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
 | 
						|
      case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        MOUSEHOOKSTRUCT* ms = (MOUSEHOOKSTRUCT*)lParam;
 | 
						|
        nsIWidget* mozWin = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(ms->hwnd);
 | 
						|
        if (mozWin) {
 | 
						|
          // If this window is windowed plugin window, the mouse events are not
 | 
						|
          // sent to us.
 | 
						|
          if (static_cast<nsWindow*>(mozWin)->IsPlugin())
 | 
						|
            ScheduleHookTimer(ms->hwnd, (UINT)wParam);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          ScheduleHookTimer(ms->hwnd, (UINT)wParam);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ::CallNextHookEx(sCallMouseHook, code, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Process all messages. Roll up when the window is moving, or
 | 
						|
// is resizing or when maximized or mininized.
 | 
						|
LRESULT CALLBACK nsWindow::MozSpecialWndProc(int code, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
  if (sProcessHook) {
 | 
						|
    CWPSTRUCT* cwpt = (CWPSTRUCT*)lParam;
 | 
						|
    PrintEvent(cwpt->message, FALSE, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sProcessHook) {
 | 
						|
    CWPSTRUCT* cwpt = (CWPSTRUCT*)lParam;
 | 
						|
    if (cwpt->message == WM_MOVING ||
 | 
						|
        cwpt->message == WM_SIZING ||
 | 
						|
        cwpt->message == WM_GETMINMAXINFO) {
 | 
						|
      ScheduleHookTimer(cwpt->hwnd, (UINT)cwpt->message);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ::CallNextHookEx(sCallProcHook, code, wParam, lParam);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Register the special "hooks" for dropdown processing.
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::RegisterSpecialDropdownHooks()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(!sMsgFilterHook, "sMsgFilterHook must be NULL!");
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(!sCallProcHook,  "sCallProcHook must be NULL!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***************** Installing Msg Hooks ***************\n");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Install msg hook for moving the window and resizing
 | 
						|
  if (!sMsgFilterHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Hooking sMsgFilterHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    sMsgFilterHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MSGFILTER, MozSpecialMsgFilter,
 | 
						|
                                      nullptr, GetCurrentThreadId());
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    if (!sMsgFilterHook) {
 | 
						|
      MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
             ("***** SetWindowsHookEx is NOT installed for WH_MSGFILTER!\n"));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Install msg hook for menus
 | 
						|
  if (!sCallProcHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Hooking sCallProcHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    sCallProcHook  = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CALLWNDPROC, MozSpecialWndProc,
 | 
						|
                                      nullptr, GetCurrentThreadId());
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    if (!sCallProcHook) {
 | 
						|
      MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
             ("***** SetWindowsHookEx is NOT installed for WH_CALLWNDPROC!\n"));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Install msg hook for the mouse
 | 
						|
  if (!sCallMouseHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Hooking sCallMouseHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    sCallMouseHook  = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MOUSE, MozSpecialMouseProc,
 | 
						|
                                       nullptr, GetCurrentThreadId());
 | 
						|
#ifdef POPUP_ROLLUP_DEBUG_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    if (!sCallMouseHook) {
 | 
						|
      MOZ_LOG(gWindowsLog, LogLevel::Info, 
 | 
						|
             ("***** SetWindowsHookEx is NOT installed for WH_MOUSE!\n"));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Unhook special message hooks for dropdowns.
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::UnregisterSpecialDropdownHooks()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***************** De-installing Msg Hooks ***************\n");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sCallProcHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Unhooking sCallProcHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    if (!::UnhookWindowsHookEx(sCallProcHook)) {
 | 
						|
      DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** UnhookWindowsHookEx failed for sCallProcHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sCallProcHook = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sMsgFilterHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Unhooking sMsgFilterHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    if (!::UnhookWindowsHookEx(sMsgFilterHook)) {
 | 
						|
      DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** UnhookWindowsHookEx failed for sMsgFilterHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sMsgFilterHook = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sCallMouseHook) {
 | 
						|
    DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** Unhooking sCallMouseHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    if (!::UnhookWindowsHookEx(sCallMouseHook)) {
 | 
						|
      DISPLAY_NMM_PRT("***** UnhookWindowsHookEx failed for sCallMouseHook!\n");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sCallMouseHook = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// This timer is designed to only fire one time at most each time a "hook" function
 | 
						|
// is used to rollup the dropdown. In some cases, the timer may be scheduled from the
 | 
						|
// hook, but that hook event or a subsequent event may roll up the dropdown before
 | 
						|
// this timer function is executed.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// For example, if an MFC control takes focus, the combobox will lose focus and rollup
 | 
						|
// before this function fires.
 | 
						|
VOID CALLBACK nsWindow::HookTimerForPopups(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, UINT idEvent, DWORD dwTime)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (sHookTimerId != 0) {
 | 
						|
    // if the window is nullptr then we need to use the ID to kill the timer
 | 
						|
    DebugOnly<BOOL> status = ::KillTimer(nullptr, sHookTimerId);
 | 
						|
    NS_ASSERTION(status, "Hook Timer was not killed.");
 | 
						|
    sHookTimerId = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sRollupMsgId != 0) {
 | 
						|
    // Note: DealWithPopups does the check to make sure that the rollup widget is set.
 | 
						|
    LRESULT popupHandlingResult;
 | 
						|
    nsAutoRollup autoRollup;
 | 
						|
    DealWithPopups(sRollupMsgWnd, sRollupMsgId, 0, 0, &popupHandlingResult);
 | 
						|
    sRollupMsgId = 0;
 | 
						|
    sRollupMsgWnd = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BOOL CALLBACK nsWindow::ClearResourcesCallback(HWND aWnd, LPARAM aMsg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    nsWindow *window = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
    if (window) {
 | 
						|
        window->ClearCachedResources();
 | 
						|
    }  
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::ClearCachedResources()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (mLayerManager &&
 | 
						|
        mLayerManager->GetBackendType() == LayersBackend::LAYERS_BASIC) {
 | 
						|
      mLayerManager->ClearCachedResources();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ::EnumChildWindows(mWnd, nsWindow::ClearResourcesCallback, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool IsDifferentThreadWindow(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return ::GetCurrentThreadId() != ::GetWindowThreadProcessId(aWnd, nullptr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// static
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::EventIsInsideWindow(nsWindow* aWindow)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  RECT r;
 | 
						|
  ::GetWindowRect(aWindow->mWnd, &r);
 | 
						|
  DWORD pos = ::GetMessagePos();
 | 
						|
  POINT mp;
 | 
						|
  mp.x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
  mp.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // was the event inside this window?
 | 
						|
  return static_cast<bool>(::PtInRect(&r, mp));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// static
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetPopupsToRollup(nsIRollupListener* aRollupListener,
 | 
						|
                            uint32_t* aPopupsToRollup)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // If we're dealing with menus, we probably have submenus and we don't want
 | 
						|
  // to rollup some of them if the click is in a parent menu of the current
 | 
						|
  // submenu.
 | 
						|
  *aPopupsToRollup = UINT32_MAX;
 | 
						|
  AutoTArray<nsIWidget*, 5> widgetChain;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t sameTypeCount =
 | 
						|
    aRollupListener->GetSubmenuWidgetChain(&widgetChain);
 | 
						|
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < widgetChain.Length(); ++i) {
 | 
						|
    nsIWidget* widget = widgetChain[i];
 | 
						|
    if (EventIsInsideWindow(static_cast<nsWindow*>(widget))) {
 | 
						|
      // Don't roll up if the mouse event occurred within a menu of the
 | 
						|
      // same type. If the mouse event occurred in a menu higher than that,
 | 
						|
      // roll up, but pass the number of popups to Rollup so that only those
 | 
						|
      // of the same type close up.
 | 
						|
      if (i < sameTypeCount) {
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      *aPopupsToRollup = sameTypeCount;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// static
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::NeedsToHandleNCActivateDelayed(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // While popup is open, popup window might be activated by other application.
 | 
						|
  // At this time, we need to take back focus to the previous window but it
 | 
						|
  // causes flickering its nonclient area because WM_NCACTIVATE comes before
 | 
						|
  // WM_ACTIVATE and we cannot know which window will take focus at receiving
 | 
						|
  // WM_NCACTIVATE. Therefore, we need a hack for preventing the flickerling.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If non-popup window receives WM_NCACTIVATE at deactivating, default
 | 
						|
  // wndproc shouldn't handle it as deactivating. Instead, at receiving
 | 
						|
  // WM_ACTIVIATE after that, WM_NCACTIVATE should be sent again manually.
 | 
						|
  // This returns true if the window needs to handle WM_NCACTIVATE later.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* window = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
  return window && !window->IsPopup();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
IsTouchSupportEnabled(HWND aWnd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* topWindow = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND(aWnd, true));
 | 
						|
  return topWindow ? topWindow->IsTouchWindow() : false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// static
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::DealWithPopups(HWND aWnd, UINT aMessage,
 | 
						|
                         WPARAM aWParam, LPARAM aLParam, LRESULT* aResult)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(aResult, "Bad outResult");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // XXX Why do we use the return value of WM_MOUSEACTIVATE for all messages?
 | 
						|
  *aResult = MA_NOACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::IsWindowVisible(aWnd)) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsIRollupListener* rollupListener = nsBaseWidget::GetActiveRollupListener();
 | 
						|
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rollupListener, false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> popup = rollupListener->GetRollupWidget();
 | 
						|
  if (!popup) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static bool sSendingNCACTIVATE = false;
 | 
						|
  static bool sPendingNCACTIVATE = false;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t popupsToRollup = UINT32_MAX;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool consumeRollupEvent = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* popupWindow = static_cast<nsWindow*>(popup.get());
 | 
						|
  UINT nativeMessage = WinUtils::GetNativeMessage(aMessage);
 | 
						|
  switch (nativeMessage) {
 | 
						|
    case WM_TOUCH:
 | 
						|
      if (!IsTouchSupportEnabled(aWnd)) {
 | 
						|
        // If APZ is disabled, don't allow touch inputs to dismiss popups. The
 | 
						|
        // compatibility mouse events will do it instead.
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
 | 
						|
      if (nativeMessage != WM_TOUCH &&
 | 
						|
          IsTouchSupportEnabled(aWnd) &&
 | 
						|
          MOUSE_INPUT_SOURCE() == nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_TOUCH) {
 | 
						|
        // If any of these mouse events are really compatibility events that
 | 
						|
        // Windows is sending for touch inputs, then don't allow them to dismiss
 | 
						|
        // popups when APZ is enabled (instead we do the dismissing as part of
 | 
						|
        // WM_TOUCH handling which is more correct).
 | 
						|
        // If we don't do this, then when the user lifts their finger after a
 | 
						|
        // long-press, the WM_RBUTTONDOWN compatibility event that Windows sends
 | 
						|
        // us will dismiss the contextmenu popup that we displayed as part of
 | 
						|
        // handling the long-tap-up.
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (!EventIsInsideWindow(popupWindow) &&
 | 
						|
          GetPopupsToRollup(rollupListener, &popupsToRollup)) {
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    case WM_POINTERDOWN:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        WinPointerEvents pointerEvents;
 | 
						|
        if (!pointerEvents.ShouldRollupOnPointerEvent(nativeMessage, aWParam)) {
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!GetPopupsToRollup(rollupListener, &popupsToRollup)) {
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // Can't use EventIsInsideWindow to check whether the event is inside
 | 
						|
        // the popup window. It's because EventIsInsideWindow gets message
 | 
						|
        // coordinates by GetMessagePos, which returns physical screen
 | 
						|
        // coordinates at WM_POINTERDOWN.
 | 
						|
        POINT pt;
 | 
						|
        pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(aLParam);
 | 
						|
        pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(aLParam);
 | 
						|
        RECT r;
 | 
						|
        ::GetWindowRect(popupWindow->mWnd, &r);
 | 
						|
        if (::PtInRect(&r, pt) != 0) {
 | 
						|
          // Don't roll up if the event is inside the popup window.
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
 | 
						|
      // We need to check if the popup thinks that it should cause closing
 | 
						|
      // itself when mouse wheel events are fired outside the rollup widget.
 | 
						|
      if (!EventIsInsideWindow(popupWindow)) {
 | 
						|
        // Check if we should consume this event even if we don't roll-up:
 | 
						|
        consumeRollupEvent =
 | 
						|
          rollupListener->ShouldConsumeOnMouseWheelEvent();
 | 
						|
        *aResult = MA_ACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
        if (rollupListener->ShouldRollupOnMouseWheelEvent() &&
 | 
						|
            GetPopupsToRollup(rollupListener, &popupsToRollup)) {
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return consumeRollupEvent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_ACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      // NOTE: Don't handle WA_INACTIVE for preventing popup taking focus
 | 
						|
      // because we cannot distinguish it's caused by mouse or not.
 | 
						|
      if (LOWORD(aWParam) == WA_ACTIVE && aLParam) {
 | 
						|
        nsWindow* window = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
        if (window && window->IsPopup()) {
 | 
						|
          // Cancel notifying widget listeners of deactivating the previous
 | 
						|
          // active window (see WM_KILLFOCUS case in ProcessMessage()).
 | 
						|
          sJustGotDeactivate = false;
 | 
						|
          // Reactivate the window later.
 | 
						|
          ::PostMessageW(aWnd, MOZ_WM_REACTIVATE, aWParam, aLParam);
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // Don't rollup the popup when focus moves back to the parent window
 | 
						|
        // from a popup because such case is caused by strange mouse drivers.
 | 
						|
        nsWindow* prevWindow =
 | 
						|
          WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aLParam));
 | 
						|
        if (prevWindow && prevWindow->IsPopup()) {
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else if (LOWORD(aWParam) == WA_INACTIVE) {
 | 
						|
        nsWindow* activeWindow =
 | 
						|
          WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aLParam));
 | 
						|
        if (sPendingNCACTIVATE && NeedsToHandleNCActivateDelayed(aWnd)) {
 | 
						|
          // If focus moves to non-popup widget or focusable popup, the window
 | 
						|
          // needs to update its nonclient area.
 | 
						|
          if (!activeWindow || !activeWindow->IsPopup()) {
 | 
						|
            sSendingNCACTIVATE = true;
 | 
						|
            ::SendMessageW(aWnd, WM_NCACTIVATE, false, 0);
 | 
						|
            sSendingNCACTIVATE = false;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          sPendingNCACTIVATE = false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // If focus moves from/to popup, we don't need to rollup the popup
 | 
						|
        // because such case is caused by strange mouse drivers.
 | 
						|
        if (activeWindow) {
 | 
						|
          if (activeWindow->IsPopup()) {
 | 
						|
            return false;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          nsWindow* deactiveWindow = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
          if (deactiveWindow && deactiveWindow->IsPopup()) {
 | 
						|
            return false;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else if (LOWORD(aWParam) == WA_CLICKACTIVE) {
 | 
						|
        // If the WM_ACTIVATE message is caused by a click in a popup,
 | 
						|
        // we should not rollup any popups.
 | 
						|
        nsWindow* window = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd);
 | 
						|
        if ((window && window->IsPopup()) ||
 | 
						|
            !GetPopupsToRollup(rollupListener, &popupsToRollup)) {
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case MOZ_WM_REACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      // The previous active window should take back focus.
 | 
						|
      if (::IsWindow(reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aLParam))) {
 | 
						|
        ::SetForegroundWindow(reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aLParam));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_NCACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      if (!aWParam && !sSendingNCACTIVATE &&
 | 
						|
          NeedsToHandleNCActivateDelayed(aWnd)) {
 | 
						|
        // Don't just consume WM_NCACTIVATE. It doesn't handle only the
 | 
						|
        // nonclient area state change.
 | 
						|
        ::DefWindowProcW(aWnd, aMessage, TRUE, aLParam);
 | 
						|
        // Accept the deactivating because it's necessary to receive following
 | 
						|
        // WM_ACTIVATE.
 | 
						|
        *aResult = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        sPendingNCACTIVATE = true;
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
 | 
						|
      if (!EventIsInsideWindow(popupWindow) &&
 | 
						|
          GetPopupsToRollup(rollupListener, &popupsToRollup)) {
 | 
						|
        // WM_MOUSEACTIVATE may be caused by moving the mouse (e.g., X-mouse
 | 
						|
        // of TweakUI is enabled. Then, check if the popup should be rolled up
 | 
						|
        // with rollup listener. If not, just consume the message.
 | 
						|
        if (HIWORD(aLParam) == WM_MOUSEMOVE &&
 | 
						|
            !rollupListener->ShouldRollupOnMouseActivate()) {
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // Otherwise, it should be handled by wndproc.
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Prevent the click inside the popup from causing a change in window
 | 
						|
      // activation. Since the popup is shown non-activated, we need to eat any
 | 
						|
      // requests to activate the window while it is displayed. Windows will
 | 
						|
      // automatically activate the popup on the mousedown otherwise.
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
 | 
						|
      // If the window is being minimized, close popups.
 | 
						|
      if (aLParam == SW_PARENTCLOSING) {
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
 | 
						|
      // If focus moves to other window created in different process/thread,
 | 
						|
      // e.g., a plugin window, popups should be rolled up.
 | 
						|
      if (IsDifferentThreadWindow(reinterpret_cast<HWND>(aWParam))) {
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case WM_MOVING:
 | 
						|
    case WM_MENUSELECT:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Only need to deal with the last rollup for left mouse down events.
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(!nsAutoRollup::GetLastRollup(), "last rollup is null");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (nativeMessage == WM_TOUCH || nativeMessage == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || nativeMessage == WM_POINTERDOWN) {
 | 
						|
    nsIntPoint pos;
 | 
						|
    if (nativeMessage == WM_TOUCH) {
 | 
						|
      if (nsWindow* win = WinUtils::GetNSWindowPtr(aWnd)) {
 | 
						|
        pos = win->GetTouchCoordinates(aWParam, aLParam);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      POINT pt;
 | 
						|
      pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(aLParam);
 | 
						|
      pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(aLParam);
 | 
						|
      ::ClientToScreen(aWnd, &pt);
 | 
						|
      pos = nsIntPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nsIContent* lastRollup;
 | 
						|
    consumeRollupEvent =
 | 
						|
      rollupListener->Rollup(popupsToRollup, true, &pos, &lastRollup);
 | 
						|
    nsAutoRollup::SetLastRollup(lastRollup);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    consumeRollupEvent =
 | 
						|
      rollupListener->Rollup(popupsToRollup, true, nullptr, nullptr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Tell hook to stop processing messages
 | 
						|
  sProcessHook = false;
 | 
						|
  sRollupMsgId = 0;
 | 
						|
  sRollupMsgWnd = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we are NOT supposed to be consuming events, let it go through
 | 
						|
  if (consumeRollupEvent && nativeMessage != WM_RBUTTONDOWN) {
 | 
						|
    *aResult = MA_ACTIVATE;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** BLOCK: Misc. utility methods and functions.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 ** General use.
 | 
						|
 **
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************
 | 
						|
 **************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Note that the result of GetTopLevelWindow method can be different from the
 | 
						|
// result of WinUtils::GetTopLevelHWND().  The result can be non-floating
 | 
						|
// window.  Because our top level window may be contained in another window
 | 
						|
// which is not managed by us.
 | 
						|
nsWindow* nsWindow::GetTopLevelWindow(bool aStopOnDialogOrPopup)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  nsWindow* curWindow = this;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (true) {
 | 
						|
    if (aStopOnDialogOrPopup) {
 | 
						|
      switch (curWindow->mWindowType) {
 | 
						|
        case eWindowType_dialog:
 | 
						|
        case eWindowType_popup:
 | 
						|
          return curWindow;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Retrieve the top level parent or owner window
 | 
						|
    nsWindow* parentWindow = curWindow->GetParentWindow(true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!parentWindow)
 | 
						|
      return curWindow;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    curWindow = parentWindow;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL CALLBACK gEnumWindowsProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  DWORD pid;
 | 
						|
  ::GetWindowThreadProcessId(hwnd, &pid);
 | 
						|
  if (pid == GetCurrentProcessId() && ::IsWindowVisible(hwnd))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    gWindowsVisible = true;
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::CanTakeFocus()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gWindowsVisible = false;
 | 
						|
  EnumWindows(gEnumWindowsProc, 0);
 | 
						|
  if (!gWindowsVisible) {
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    HWND fgWnd = ::GetForegroundWindow();
 | 
						|
    if (!fgWnd) {
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    DWORD pid;
 | 
						|
    GetWindowThreadProcessId(fgWnd, &pid);
 | 
						|
    if (pid == GetCurrentProcessId()) {
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* static */ const wchar_t*
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetMainWindowClass()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static const wchar_t* sMainWindowClass = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (!sMainWindowClass) {
 | 
						|
    nsAutoString className;
 | 
						|
    Preferences::GetString("ui.window_class_override", className);
 | 
						|
    if (!className.IsEmpty()) {
 | 
						|
      sMainWindowClass = wcsdup(className.get());
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      sMainWindowClass = kClassNameGeneral;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return sMainWindowClass;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LPARAM nsWindow::lParamToScreen(LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  POINT pt;
 | 
						|
  pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
 | 
						|
  pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
 | 
						|
  ::ClientToScreen(mWnd, &pt);
 | 
						|
  return MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LPARAM nsWindow::lParamToClient(LPARAM lParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  POINT pt;
 | 
						|
  pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
 | 
						|
  pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
 | 
						|
  ::ScreenToClient(mWnd, &pt);
 | 
						|
  return MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::PickerOpen()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  mPickerDisplayCount++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void nsWindow::PickerClosed()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  NS_ASSERTION(mPickerDisplayCount > 0, "mPickerDisplayCount out of sync!");
 | 
						|
  if (!mPickerDisplayCount)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  mPickerDisplayCount--;
 | 
						|
  if (!mPickerDisplayCount && mDestroyCalled) {
 | 
						|
    Destroy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::WidgetTypeSupportsAcceleration()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  // We don't currently support using an accelerated layer manager with
 | 
						|
  // transparent windows so don't even try. I'm also not sure if we even
 | 
						|
  // want to support this case. See bug 593471.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Also see bug 1150376, D3D11 composition can cause issues on some devices
 | 
						|
  // on Windows 7 where presentation fails randomly for windows with drop
 | 
						|
  // shadows.
 | 
						|
  return mTransparencyMode != eTransparencyTransparent &&
 | 
						|
         !(IsPopup() && DeviceManagerDx::Get()->IsWARP());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SetCandidateWindowForPlugin(const CandidateWindowPosition& aPosition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  CANDIDATEFORM form;
 | 
						|
  form.dwIndex = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (aPosition.mExcludeRect) {
 | 
						|
    form.dwStyle = CFS_EXCLUDE;
 | 
						|
    form.rcArea.left = aPosition.mRect.x;
 | 
						|
    form.rcArea.top = aPosition.mRect.y;
 | 
						|
    form.rcArea.right = aPosition.mRect.x + aPosition.mRect.width;
 | 
						|
    form.rcArea.bottom = aPosition.mRect.y + aPosition.mRect.height;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  form.ptCurrentPos.x = aPosition.mPoint.x;
 | 
						|
  form.ptCurrentPos.y = aPosition.mPoint.y;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IMEHandler::SetCandidateWindow(this, &form);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::DefaultProcOfPluginEvent(const WidgetPluginEvent& aEvent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  const NPEvent* pPluginEvent =
 | 
						|
   static_cast<const NPEvent*>(aEvent.mPluginEvent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NS_WARN_IF(!pPluginEvent)) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!mWnd) {
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For WM_IME_*COMPOSITION
 | 
						|
  IMEHandler::DefaultProcOfPluginEvent(this, pPluginEvent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallWindowProcW(GetPrevWindowProc(), mWnd, pPluginEvent->event,
 | 
						|
                  pPluginEvent->wParam, pPluginEvent->lParam);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
nsresult
 | 
						|
nsWindow::OnWindowedPluginKeyEvent(const NativeEventData& aKeyEventData,
 | 
						|
                                   nsIKeyEventInPluginCallback* aCallback)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (NS_WARN_IF(!mWnd)) {
 | 
						|
    return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  const WinNativeKeyEventData* eventData =
 | 
						|
    static_cast<const WinNativeKeyEventData*>(aKeyEventData);
 | 
						|
  switch (eventData->mMessage) {
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: {
 | 
						|
      MSG mozMsg =
 | 
						|
        WinUtils::InitMSG(MOZ_WM_KEYDOWN, eventData->mWParam,
 | 
						|
                          eventData->mLParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState(eventData->mModifiers);
 | 
						|
      NativeKey nativeKey(this, mozMsg, modifierKeyState,
 | 
						|
                          eventData->GetKeyboardLayout());
 | 
						|
      return nativeKey.HandleKeyDownMessage() ? NS_SUCCESS_EVENT_CONSUMED :
 | 
						|
                                                NS_OK;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case WM_KEYUP:
 | 
						|
    case WM_SYSKEYUP: {
 | 
						|
      MSG mozMsg =
 | 
						|
        WinUtils::InitMSG(MOZ_WM_KEYUP, eventData->mWParam,
 | 
						|
                          eventData->mLParam, mWnd);
 | 
						|
      ModifierKeyState modifierKeyState(eventData->mModifiers);
 | 
						|
      NativeKey nativeKey(this, mozMsg, modifierKeyState,
 | 
						|
                          eventData->GetKeyboardLayout());
 | 
						|
      return nativeKey.HandleKeyUpMessage() ? NS_SUCCESS_EVENT_CONSUMED : NS_OK;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      // We shouldn't consume WM_*CHAR messages here even if the preceding
 | 
						|
      // keydown or keyup event on the plugin is consumed.  It should be
 | 
						|
      // managed in each plugin window rather than top level window.
 | 
						|
      return NS_OK;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool nsWindow::OnPointerEvents(UINT msg, WPARAM aWParam, LPARAM aLParam)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!mPointerEvents.ShouldHandleWinPointerMessages(msg, aWParam)) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!mPointerEvents.ShouldFirePointerEventByWinPointerMessages()) {
 | 
						|
    // We have to handle WM_POINTER* to fetch and cache pen related information
 | 
						|
    // and fire WidgetMouseEvent with the cached information the WM_*BUTTONDOWN
 | 
						|
    // handler. This is because Windows doesn't support ::DoDragDrop in the touch
 | 
						|
    // or pen message handlers.
 | 
						|
    mPointerEvents.ConvertAndCachePointerInfo(msg, aWParam);
 | 
						|
    // Don't consume the Windows WM_POINTER* messages
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // When dispatching mouse events with pen, there may be some
 | 
						|
  // WM_POINTERUPDATE messages between WM_POINTERDOWN and WM_POINTERUP with
 | 
						|
  // small movements. Those events will reset sLastMousePoint and reset
 | 
						|
  // sLastClickCount. To prevent that, we keep the last pen down position
 | 
						|
  // and compare it with the subsequent WM_POINTERUPDATE. If the movement is
 | 
						|
  // smaller than GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXDRAG), then we suppress firing
 | 
						|
  // eMouseMove for WM_POINTERUPDATE.
 | 
						|
  static POINT sLastPointerDownPoint = {0};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We don't support chorded buttons for pen. Keep the button at
 | 
						|
  // WM_POINTERDOWN.
 | 
						|
  static WidgetMouseEvent::buttonType sLastPenDownButton =
 | 
						|
    WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton;
 | 
						|
  static bool sPointerDown = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EventMessage message;
 | 
						|
  WidgetMouseEvent::buttonType button = WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton;
 | 
						|
  switch (msg) {
 | 
						|
  case WM_POINTERDOWN:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      LayoutDeviceIntPoint eventPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(aLParam),
 | 
						|
                                      GET_Y_LPARAM(aLParam));
 | 
						|
      sLastPointerDownPoint.x = eventPoint.x;
 | 
						|
      sLastPointerDownPoint.y = eventPoint.y;
 | 
						|
      message = eMouseDown;
 | 
						|
      button = IS_POINTER_SECONDBUTTON_WPARAM(aWParam) ?
 | 
						|
                 WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton : WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton;
 | 
						|
      sLastPenDownButton = button;
 | 
						|
      sPointerDown = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case WM_POINTERUP:
 | 
						|
    message = eMouseUp;
 | 
						|
    MOZ_ASSERT(sPointerDown, "receive WM_POINTERUP w/o WM_POINTERDOWN");
 | 
						|
    button = sPointerDown ? sLastPenDownButton : WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton;
 | 
						|
    sPointerDown = false;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case WM_POINTERUPDATE:
 | 
						|
    message = eMouseMove;
 | 
						|
    if (sPointerDown) {
 | 
						|
      LayoutDeviceIntPoint eventPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(aLParam),
 | 
						|
                                      GET_Y_LPARAM(aLParam));
 | 
						|
      int32_t movementX = sLastPointerDownPoint.x > eventPoint.x ?
 | 
						|
                            sLastPointerDownPoint.x - eventPoint.x :
 | 
						|
                            eventPoint.x - sLastPointerDownPoint.x;
 | 
						|
      int32_t movementY = sLastPointerDownPoint.y > eventPoint.y ?
 | 
						|
                            sLastPointerDownPoint.y - eventPoint.y :
 | 
						|
                            eventPoint.y - sLastPointerDownPoint.y;
 | 
						|
      bool insideMovementThreshold =
 | 
						|
        movementX < (int32_t)::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXDRAG) &&
 | 
						|
        movementY < (int32_t)::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYDRAG);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (insideMovementThreshold) {
 | 
						|
        // Suppress firing eMouseMove for WM_POINTERUPDATE if the movement
 | 
						|
        // from last WM_POINTERDOWN is smaller than SM_CXDRAG / SM_CYDRAG
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      button = sLastPenDownButton;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case WM_POINTERLEAVE:
 | 
						|
    message = eMouseExitFromWidget;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  uint32_t pointerId = mPointerEvents.GetPointerId(aWParam);
 | 
						|
  POINTER_PEN_INFO penInfo;
 | 
						|
  mPointerEvents.GetPointerPenInfo(pointerId, &penInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Windows defines the pen pressure is normalized to a range between 0 and
 | 
						|
  // 1024. Convert it to float.
 | 
						|
  float pressure = penInfo.pressure ? (float)penInfo.pressure / 1024 : 0;
 | 
						|
  int16_t buttons =
 | 
						|
    sPointerDown ? button == WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton ?
 | 
						|
                     WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButtonFlag :
 | 
						|
                     WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButtonFlag :
 | 
						|
                   WidgetMouseEvent::eNoButtonFlag;
 | 
						|
  WinPointerInfo pointerInfo(pointerId, penInfo.tiltX, penInfo.tiltY, pressure,
 | 
						|
                             buttons);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The aLParam of WM_POINTER* is the screen location. Convert it to client
 | 
						|
  // location
 | 
						|
  LPARAM newLParam = lParamToClient(aLParam);
 | 
						|
  DispatchMouseEvent(message, aWParam, newLParam, false, button,
 | 
						|
                     nsIDOMMouseEvent::MOZ_SOURCE_PEN, &pointerInfo);
 | 
						|
  // Consume WM_POINTER* to stop Windows fires WM_*BUTTONDOWN / WM_*BUTTONUP
 | 
						|
  // WM_MOUSEMOVE.
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
nsWindow::GetCompositorWidgetInitData(mozilla::widget::CompositorWidgetInitData* aInitData)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  *aInitData = WinCompositorWidgetInitData(
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(mWnd),
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(static_cast<nsIWidget*>(this)),
 | 
						|
      mTransparencyMode);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
nsWindow::SynchronouslyRepaintOnResize()
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return !gfxWindowsPlatform::GetPlatform()->DwmCompositionEnabled();
 | 
						|
}
 |